Physics Mock

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
MAKUENI COUNTY CLUSTER PREPARATORY EXAMINATION 2016
232/1
PHYSICS
Paper 1
JULY/ AUGUST 2016
(THEORY)
Time: 2 Hours
SECTION (25 MARKS)
Answer ALL questions in this section
1. A micrometer screw gauge has a zero error of -0.02mm. It is used to measure the diameter of a wire. If the actual diameter of
the wire is 0.28mm. Draw the micrometer screw gauge showing the diameter of the wire. (2 marks)
2. Figure 1 shows two identical hollow spheres. Sphere A is completely filled with the liquid while B is partially filled with an
identical liquid.
A B
Figure 1
When the two spheres are rolled on a horizontal surface, it is observed that the sphere B stops earlier than sphere A. Explain
this observation. (2 marks)
3. The spiral springs shown in the figure 2 below are identical. Each spring has a constant K = 300N/m.
150N
Figure 2
Determine the extension caused by the 150N weight (Ignore weight of springs and connecting rods) (3 marks)
4. A uniform 120m metal rod is pivoted near one of its ends and kept in equilibrium by a spring balance as shown in figure 3.
26cm
12cm
Figure 3
The reading indicated by the spring balance is 2.0N. Work out the mass of the metal rod. (g = 10N/kg) (3 marks)
5. A mass of 8kg is whirled round in a vertical circle using a rope of length 80cm if it makes 2.5 cycles in 1 second, calculate
the maximum tension the rope experiences. (3 marks)
6. Air is trapped in a thin capillary tube by a thread of mercury 5cm long as shown in figure 4.
Top grade predictor publishers Page | 1

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Air
16cm
5cm
Mercury
14cm 5cm
Air
Figure 4
Use the information in figure 6 to calculate the value of the value of the atmospheric pressure in mmHg (3 marks)
7. A trolley is moving at uniform speed along a track. A piece of plasticine is dropped on the trolley and sticks on it. Explain
why the trolley slows down. (1 mark)
8. State a reason why more energy is required to change ice from 0 0C to water at 10C, than to change equal mass of water from
00C to 00C. (1 mark)
9. State a reason why an air bubble increases in volume as it rises up the surface in a boiler. (1 mark)
10. A car of mass 800kg is initially moving at 25m/s, calculate the force needed to bring the car to rest over a distance of 20m.
(2 marks)
11. An electric kettle with shiny outer surface is more efficient than one with a dull outer surface, give a reason for this.
(1 mark)
12. A pipe of radius 3mm is connected to another pipe of radius 9mm. If water flows in the water pipe at a speed of 2ms -1, what is
the speed in the narrower pipe (2 marks)
13. A force of 20N is used to stretch a spring through 5cm. Calculate the elastic potential energy stored in the spring.
(2 marks)
SECTION B. (55 MARKS)
Answer ALL questions in this section
14. (a) Distinguish between boiling and evaporation. (2 marks)
(b) A solid of mass 1kg was heated uniformly by a 100W heating element until it melts. The graph in
figure 5 shows the variation of temperature with time.
Z
Temp (0C) X Y
80
20 W
100 200 Time (s)

Figure 5 300 400 500
(i) Explain what is happening in the regions
WX:
XY:
(ii) Calculate the specific heat capacity of the solid. (3 marks)
(iii) Calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of the solid (2 marks)
(c) A substance of mass 2kg and specific heat capacity 400Jkg-1k-1 initially at 800C is immersed in water at 190C. If the final
temperature of the mixture is 200C. Calculate the mass of water. (Specific heat capacity of water = 4200Jkg -1k-1)
(3 marks)
15. (a) State the physical quantity represented by the gradient of a displacement – time graph (1 mark)
(b) Figure 6 shows the displacement – time graph of the motion of a particle
Displacement (m) C
A
B
O D
Figure 6 Time (s)
State the nature of the motion of the particle between? (3 marks)
(i) AB
(ii) BC
(iii CD
(c) A car decelerates uniformly from a velocity of 20m/s to rest in 4 seconds. It takes 4 seconds to reverse with uniform
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
acceleration to its original starting point.
(i) Sketch a velocity time graph for the motion of the car. (3 marks)
(ii) Use your sketch in c (i) to determine the total displacement of the car. (3 marks)
(d) A ball slides off a horizontal table 4m high with a velocity of 12m/s, find;
(i) the time it takes to hit the floor. (g = 10ms-2) (2 marks)
(ii) the range (2 marks)
16. (a) State two factors that reduce the stability of a vehicle while going round a banked bend. (2 marks)
(b) Three insoluble powders A, B and C of densities dA, dB and dC, such that dA> dB > dC, are mixed and put into a container.
The container is then whirled in a horizontal circle as shown in figure 7.
Centre of rotation
Container
Figure 7
(i) Label on figure 7, the positions of the powders after some time. (1 mark)
(ii) Give a reason for your answer in b (i) (2 marks)
(c) Figure 8 shows two masses 0.1kg and 2kg connected by a string through a hole on a smooth horizontal surface.
0.1kg
3cm
Smooth horizontal surface
2kg
Figure 8
The 0.1kg rotates in a horizontal circle of radius 3cm. Calculate the angular velocity of the 0.1kg mass, when the
system is in equilibrium. (3 marks)
(d) A bicycle wheel makes 300 revolutions per minute. Calculate the angular velocity of the wheel. (3 marks)
17. (a) State two conditions for a body to float on a fluid. (2 marks)
(b) Figure 9 shows a block with a graduated side and dimensions 4cm by 16cm, just about to be lowered
into a liquid in an overflow can.
Thread
Block
Overflow
Liquid
Beaker
Liquid
Balance
Figure 9
During an experiment with this set-up, the following was recorded:
3
- The block floated with of it submerged.
4
- Initial reading of balance = 0g
- Final reading of balance = 154g
Use the information to determine the density of
(i) the block (3 marks)
(ii) the liquid (3 marks)
(c) Figure 10 shows a buoy of capacity 40 litres and mass 10kg. It is held in position in sea water of
density 1.04g/cm3 by a light cable fixed to the bottom so that ¾ of its volume is below the water surface.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Buoy
Water
Cable
Sea bed
Figure.10
Determine the tension in the cable. (3 marks)
18. Figure 11 shows a load of 50N being raised by pulling it along an inclined plane of length 2.0m.
h = 0.5m
2.0m
Figure 11
Determine
i. The work done by the 22N force (2 marks)
ii. The work done against the load (2 marks)
iii. The efficiency of the system (3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
232/2
PHYSICS
Paper 2
(THEORY)
JULY / AUGUST 2016
Time: 2 Hours
1. Figure 1 below shows a parabolic surface with focal point F. A small source of light is placed at F.
Fig. 1
Complete the ray diagram to show the incident rays are reflected by the surface.
2. Figure 2 below shows a metre rule in equilibrium balanced by the magnet and weight. The iron core fixed to the bench.
Fig. 2
State and explain the effect on the metre rule when the switch S is closed. (2 marks)
3. The figure 3 below shows a positively charged metal plate with an earthing connection. Using an arrow, show the direction of
charges through the earth connection and explain the final charge of the plate.
(2 marks)
+++++++++++++++++
Metal plate
+++++++++++++++++
Fig. 3
4. A current of 0.7A flows through a wire when a potential difference of 0.35V is applied at the ends of the wire. If the wire is
0.5m long and has a cross-sectional area of 8.0 x 103mm2, determine its resistivity. (3 marks)
5. The control grid in a cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO) is used to control the brightness of the beam on the screen. Explain how
the brightness of the beam can be increased (2 marks)
6. The following figure 4 shows the path of a ray of light through a transparent material placed in air.
Air
Ray of light 420 Transparent

Material
Fig. 4
Determine the refractive index of the transparent material (2 marks)
7. Give a reason why x-rays but not radio waves are used to detect fractured bones.
(1mark)
8. One of the factors that affect efficiency of a transformer is hysteresis losses. What is hyteresis losses

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
9. A vibrator is sending out 8 ripples per second across a ripple water tank. The ripples are observed to be 4cm apart. Calculate
the velocity of the ripples (2 marks)
10. A form two student from Kimomo Secondary School found his dry cells leaking on removing from his torch. What would be
the possible cause of the leakage (2 marks)
11. A sample of a radioactive substance initially has 8.0 x 10 25 particles. The half life of the sample is 98 seconds. Determine the
number of particles that will have decayed after 294 seconds. (3 marks)
12. Below is part of a circuit that was setup by form four students of Okok Seconday School during a physics practical lesson to
demonstrate full wave rectification using two diodes. Complete the circuit by correctly placing the load R and two diodes.
Fig. 5
13. State two factors that affects the speed of sound in gases. (2 marks)
SECTION B (55 MARKS)
Answer ALL the questions in the spaces provided
14. Some students wish to determine the focal length of a convex lens of thickness 0.6cm using an optical pin and a plane mirror.
Figure 6 shows the experimental set up when there is no parallax between the pin and the image.
Pin Image of pin
20cm
Plane mirror
Fig. 6
Determine the focal length of the lens (2 marks)
(b) An optician in Eldoret Hospital examined an eye of a patient and made the following observations:
Eye too short and the focal length of the eye lens short
(i) State the eye defect the patient could be having. (1 mark)
(ii) Use a diagram to describe how the defect could be corrected. (2 marks)
(c) The graph below shows the variation of 1/v and 1/u in an experiment to determine the focal length of a lens.
0.3
1 -1 0.2
m
v
0.1
Fig. 7 0.1 0.3 0.3 1 -1

m
u
(i) Use the graph to determine the focal length (3 marks)
(ii) What is the power of the lens used? (2 marks)
(d) A converging lens forms an image which is three times the object. Determine the focal length of the lens if the distance
between the object and the screen is 80cm. (3 marks)
15. (a) An uncharged metal rod brought close but not touching the cap of a charged electroscope causes a decrease in the
divergence of the leaf. Explain the observation.
(1mark)
(b) In experiment to investigate factors affecting capacitance of a capacitor, a student increased the area of the plates and
decreased the separation of the plates. Explain the effect on the capacitance when
(i) the area of plates increased (1 mark)
(ii) the distance of the separation of the plates decreased (1 mark)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(c) Figure 8 illustrates a method of charging a metal sphere.
+ +
+ +
+ +
(i) + (ii) (iii)
+
Fig. 8
(i) Name the method of charging shown in fig 8.

(ii) Indicate the final charge on the sphere in fig 8. (1 mark)
(d) Figure 9 shows an arrangement of capacitors connected to a 10V d.c supply.
10V 3F
2F
3F
1F
Fig.9
Determine
(i) the combined capacitance (2 marks)
(ii) the total charge in the circuit (1 mark)
(iii) the total energy stored in the circuit. (2 marks)
16. Figure 10 shows photocell used in a set-up for a burglar alarm.
UV Light
Relay
To burglar alarm
Fig. 10
(i) Give a reason why the photocell is usually evacuated. (1 mark)

(ii) State the function of the resistor R in this circuit (1 mark)
(iii) Explain why a particular radiation such as ultra-violet light is used to strike a given cathode surface. (2 marks)
(iv) Explain how the set-up in the figure can be used as a burglar alarm. (3 marks)
(b) Light of frequency 5.50 x 1014 Hz is incident on a surface whose work function is 2.5ev.
(i) Determine the energy of photons of light in eV. (Take h = 6.63 x 10-34 Js) and 1eV (3 marks)
(ii) Will photoelectric emission occur? Explain (2 marks)
17. (a) Define electric resistance. (1mark)
(b) Figure 11 shows three resistors as shown.

V
6
8

3
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Fig. 11
If the voltmeter reads 4V, find the

(i) Effective resistance (2 marks)
(ii) Current through the 3 resistor (2 marks)
(iii) Potential difference across the 8 resistor. (2 marks)
(c) (i) What is meant by the term “lost volts”? (1 mark)
(ii) A cell supplies a current of 0.5A when connected to a 2 resistor and 0.25A when connected to a 5 resistor.
Find the e.m.f and the internal resistance of the cell. (4 marks)
18. Figure 12 shows a diffusion cloud chamber for detecting radioactivity.
6Perspex lid
Felt ring soaked in alcohol

Source
Dry ice (Solid CO2)
Sponge
Fig. 12
(a) State the function of the following.
(I) Alcohol (1 mark)
(II) Solid CO2 (1 mark)
(b) When radiation from the source enters the chamber, some white traces are observed.
(I) Explain how the traces are formed. (1 mark)
(II) State how the radiation is identified (1 mark)
(c) A leaf electroscope can be used as a detector of radiation. State two advantages of the diffusion cloud chamber over the leaf
electroscope.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
PHYSICS PAPER 232/3
PRACTICAL
CONFIDENTIAL
Q1. Each candidate should have the following;
 A rectangular glass of dimensions about
l – 10cm
w – 6.3cm
t – 1.8cm
 Four optical pins
 30cm transparent ruler
 Protractor
 A plain white paper fixed on the soft board
NB: The teacher to fix the sheet of paper for the candidate.
The teacher ensures the candidates removes the sheet of paper and attach it to the question paper for marking.
Q2. Each candidate should have the following

 Voltmeter 0 – 5V
 Ammeter 0 – 1A
 Micrometer screw gauge to be shared.
 Switch
 2 new dry cells – Size D
 8 connecting wires
 A wire AB – mounted on a mm scale SWG 28
NB: Teacher to mount the wire and label it as AB.
232/3
PHYSICS PRACTICAL
Paper 3
JULY/ AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 ½ HOURS
Q1. You are provided with the following:
 A plain white paper fixed on the softboard
 Four optical pins
 30cm transparent ruler
 Protractor
 Rectangular glass block
Proceed as follows:
(a) On the white sheet of paper fixed on the softboard, draw a line XY, 25cm long at the middle of the paper. Mark its point at Q.
 At Q draw a normal, QN.
 Draw a line PQ such that the angle, i, between PQ and QN is 150.
(b) Place the glass block, largest face down, on the paper such that the mid-point of the edge AB of the block coincides with the
mid-point Q of the line XY as shown in figure 1. Draw the outline, ABCD, of the glass block.
 Fix two pins O1 and Q2 on the line PQ in such a way that they are vertical and about 5cm from each other.
 Looking through the glass block through face AB, fix two pins S 1 and S2, so that they are exactly in line with O 1 and O2
AS shown in figure 1.
 Mark the positions of S1 and S2.
 Remove the block, joint points S1 and S2 and produce the line to meet face AB of the block at R.
 Join Q to R.
 Measure the length, QR, let its length be L = ____________ cm
(c) Repeat part (b) for other values of angle i = 250, 350, 450 and 550 and complete table 1.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
N
O1
O2
X
Y
D Q C
A M B
S1
S2
S
Figure 1
NB: Attach the sheet of paper to the question paper for marking. (1 mark)
Table 1
i (0) L(cm ) L2 (cm2) 1 Sin i Sin2i
-2
2 (cm )
l
15
25
35
45
55
1 2
(d) On the grid provided, plot a graph of 2 (vertical axis) against sin i (5 marks)
l
(e) Determine the slope of the graph (2 marks)
(f) Given that,
1 1 1
2 = 2
− 2 2 Sin2i
l b nb
Use the graph for find;
(i) b (3 marks)
(ii) n (3 marks)
Q2. You are provided with the following
 A wire AB mounted on a mm scale.
 A voltmeter screw gauge
 A switch
 2 cells
 A cell holder
 8 connecting wires
(a) (i) Arrange the apparatus and then connect the circuit as shown in the diagram.
A B
J
V Nichrome wire

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) Close the switch and record the value of current, I, flowing.
I = ________________________ A (1 mark)
(b) Place the sliding contact J at a distance of 10cm from A. Read the p.d across the wire. Increase the length AJ to the values
shown each time obtain the p.d across the wire.
(c) Enter these values in the table below. (5 marks)
Length L (cm) 10 20 30 40 50 60
P.d across AJ (N)
(d) Pot a graph of p.d (v) (y-axis) against length L (5 marks)

(e) Determine the slope S, of your graph. (3 marks)
(f) Determine the diameter of the wire AB at two different points hence calculate the average. (2 marks)
(g) Determine the cross-section area, A, of the wire in cm2 (2 marks)
KL
(h) Given that V = , determine the value of k. (2 marks)
A

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
PHYSICS PAPER 232/1
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1.
35

0
30
25
0.28+0.02
= 0.30mm
2. In A the C.O.G stays at the same place throughout while in B, C.O.G changes hence resisting motion. 
3. = 0.5m 
0.5
For 3 parallel e = = 0.1667
3
0.5
For 2 springs parallel in e = = 0.25m
2
Total extension 0.1667 + 0.25 = 0.4167m 
4. Clockwise moment = Anticlockwise moment
0.48 x = 0.34 x 2.0
0.34 x 2
w= =1.4167
0.48
w 1.4167
m= = x 1000
g 10
= 141.67g
5. w = 2 A=2 π f
3.142 x 2 x 2.5 = 15.71 rad/sec
T = mw2r
= 8 x (15.71)2 x 0.8
= 1579.5N
6. P1 = (PA + 5) cmHg
P2 = (PA – 5) cmHg
V1 = 14cm
V2 = 16cm
P1V1 = P2V2 
(PA + 5) (14) = (PA-5)16
 14PA + 70 = 16PA – 80
2PA = 150
PA = 75cmHg
7. Plasticine increases the mass of the trolley, since momentum is conserved, increasing mass reduces velocity. 
1
mx mv=constant
v
8. Extra energy has to be used for change of state. 
9. As it rises the pressure decreases hence volume increases. 
10. V2 = u2 + 2as
O2 = 252 + 2 x a x 20
40a = -252
a = -15.625 m/s2
F = ma
= 800 x -15.625 
= -12500N
Breaking force 12500N 
11. Shinny surface reduce heat loss through radiation since they are emitters of heat. 
12. Smaller area A1 = π r 2
= 3.14 x 3 x 3
= 28.26mm2
Wider area A2 = π r 2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
= 3.14 x 9 x 9
= 254.34m2
A1V1 = A2V2
28.26 x V1 = 254.34 x 2 
254.34 x 2
V1 =
28.28
= 18m/s 
1 2
13. Elastic P.E = ke
2
= ( )
1 20
2 0.05
x ( 0.05 )2 
= 0.5J 
14. (a)
Boiling Evaporation
 Takes place at a fixed temperature  Take place at all temperatures
 Takes place throughout the liquid, with  Takes place on the surface of the liquid
bubbles of steam forming all over  No bubbles formed
(b) (i) WX – Solid absorbing heat hence temperature rise 
XY – The solid is melting at 800C. 
(ii) pt = mc
100 x 100 = 1 x c x (80 – 20) 
100 x 100
c= 
60
= 166.67Jkg-1k-1
(iii) pt = mLf
(100 x 200) = 1 x Lf 
Lf = 100 x 200 = 20,000 Jkg-1 
(c) Heat lost by solid = Heat gained by water
mscs = mwew
2 x 400 x (80 – 20) = m x 4200 x (20-19) 
2 x 400 x 60
m=  = 11.43kg 
4200 x 1
15. (a) It gives velocity of a body 
(b) (i) Particle is at rest (stationary) 
(ii) Velocity increasing non-uniformly 
(iii) Velocity decreasing uniformly 
(c) (i)
V (m/s)
20  Axes well labelled
 Scale (Uniform)
10  Graph
0 4 8
-10 Time (s)
-20
(ii) Displacement = Area under graph  realizing
=
1
2 (
1
x (4 x 20)- x 4 x 20 
2 )
= 40 – 40
=0m
(d)
4m

R
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1 2
(i) 4 = gt 
2
1 2
= x 10 x t
2
4
t2 = 
5
t = 0.89 sec
(ii) R = UT
= 0.89 x 12 
= 10.68m 
16. (a) – High speed 
- Overloading 
(b) (i)
A
B
C  Order
(ii) Denser powders require more centripetal force hence moves away from the centre of rotation,
while lighter ones moves towards the centre of rotation. 
(c) T = 2 x 10= 20N 
But T = mw2r
20 = 0.1w2 x 0.03
= 0.003w2
20
w2 = = 6.6667
0.003
W = 81.65 rad/sec
(d) w = 2 πf 
300
= 2 x 3.142 x = 31.42 rad/sec 
60
17. (a) – Must be less dense than the fluid 
- Must displace its own weight
(b) (i) Volume of block = 16 x 4 x 4
= 256 cm3
Mass = 154g
mass of block
Density of block = 
vol of block
154 g
3 = 0.60g/cm 
3
=
256 cm
3
(ii) Volume of liquid displaced = x 256  = 192cm3
4
mass of liquid
Density of liquid =
vol . of liquid
154 g
= 3  = 0.80g/cm3 
192cm
(c) Upthrust = wt of water displaced
3
= x 40 x 1000
4
= 30, 00cm3
Mass displaced = 30,000 x 1.04 = 31200g
Wt. displaced = 312N 
T = u – wt
312 – 100  = 212N 
18. (i) Work done = Force x distance
= 22 x 2  = 44Nm (J) 
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) Work done = mgh
= 50 x 0.5 = 25J
Work output 25 x 100
(iii) x 100  =  = 56.82% 
Work input 44

PHYSICS PAPER 232/2
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1.
 Parallel reflected beam

F
2. The metre rule will tip in anticlockwise direction. This is because when the switch S is closed the iron core becomes
magnetized with the top of the core becoming a south pole hence attracts the north pole of the magnet. Accept end A move
down while end B up.
3. a +++++++++++++++++
+++++++++++++++++ Metal plate
Insulator
Figure 1
The electrons flow from the earth and neutralizes all  the positive charges in the plate leaving the plate neutrally charged.
−3
RA 0.35 8.0 x 10
4. = = x 
l 0.7 0.5
= 8.0 x 10-3m  Award with  units
5. – By making the grid more positive with respect to the cathode 
- This males many electrons reach the screen hence the spot becomes brighter. 
0
sin 90
6. ang =
0
sin 42
1
ang = = 1.494
0.669
7. X – rays have more penetration power. Accept: X-rays have high frequency/energy
8. Hysteresis losses are loss of energy in form of heat during magnetization and demagnetization of the transformer core. 
9. f = 8HZ
 = 0.04M
V = F 
= 0.04 x 8= 0.32 m/s 
10. The depolarizer manganese (IV) oxide  has oxidized hydrogen gas produced during polarization to water.
294
11. No. of half-lives = =3
98
8.0 x 1025  4.0 x 1025  1.0 x 1025
No. of particles remaining = 8.0 x 1025 – 1.0 x 1025
= 7.0 x 1025 
T
OR N = No 1
()
t1
2
2
294
1
= 8.0 x 1025 x ( ) 98
2
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1
= 8.0 x 1025 x = 1 x 1025 
8
Number remaining = 8.0 x 1025 – 1.0 x 1025
= 7.0 x 1025 
12.
R TO C.R.O

13. - Density of the gas  1

- Humidity 
- Pressure 
- Temperature 
- wind 
0.6
14. (a) =0.3
2
f = 20 – 0.3 = 19.7cm
(b) (i) Long sightedness (hypermetropia)
(ii)
Rays from a distance

object
1 1 1
(c)(i) at intercept, = =0.3
u f v
f = 3.33
1 1 1
at intercept, = =0.3
v f u
f = 3.33
3.33+3.33
fav = = 3.33m
2
1 1
(ii) P = =
f 3.33
= 0.30D
v uv 1200
(d) m = v=3 u f= =
u u+v 80
u + v = 80cm = 15cm
u = 20cm
15. (a) A metal rod is a good conductor of charge hence the electroscope 
(b) (i) Increase 
(ii) Increases 
(c) (i) Induction 
(ii) Electrons from the earth to the sphere  to neutralize the repelled positive charges 
(iii) Negative charges 
3x 3 9
(d) (i) Series = = = 1.5F
3+2 6
in parallel with 2F
CT = 1.5 + 2 = 3.5F
In series with 1F
3.5 x 1 3.5 F
CT = = 
3.5+1 4.5 F
= 0.78F
= 7.8 x 10-7F 
(ii) 7.8 x 10-7 x 10 
= 7.8 x 10-6 C
(iii) E = ½CV2 
= ½ x 7.8 x 10-6 x 10 
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
= 3.9 x 10 J 
-5
16. (a) (i) To ensure that all the electrons emitted by the cathode reach the anode to maximize the photocurrent.
(ii) To limit control or lower the current in the circuit.
(iii) The energy of the incident light must be greater than work function of the cathode surface if photoelectron emission
has
to occur.
(iv) The current flowing in the circuit ensures that the relay switch is attracted to the electromagnet.
When UV light is cut-off, the photocurrent ceases and the relay switch completes the burglar alarm circuit and the
alarm
sounds.
(b) (i) e = hf
= 6.63 x 10-34 x 5.5 x 1.4 = 3.6465 x 10-19J
−19
3.6465 x 10
In eV = −19
= 2.2791eV
1.6 x 10
(ii) No, the energy of the incident photon is less than the work function of the surface.
17. (a) Opposition offered by a conductor to the flow of electric current.
1 1 1 1+ 2 3
(b) (i) = + = =
R 6 3 6 6
R = 2
Rtotal = 2 + 8 = 10
V 4
(ii) I = = =1.33 A
R 3
4
(iii) I = =0.4
10
V = IR = 0.4 x 8 = 3.2V
(c) (i) The voltage lost due to internal resistance.
(ii) E = IR + 1r
E = 0.5 x 2 + 0.5r……………(i)
E = 0.25 x 5 + 0.25r …………(ii)
E = 1 + 0.5r
E = 1.25 + 0.25r
18. (a) (I) To produce alcohol vapour  which diffuse down to be cooled. 
(II) To cool the vapour below condensation temperature. 
(b) (I) Radiation from the source ionizes air along its path, alcohol condenses around these ions forming
droplets on traces. 
(II) Nature of traces identifies radiation. 
(c) - Can detect alpha and beta particles, leaf electroscope cannot. 
- It is more sensitive. 

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
PHYSICS PAPER 232/3
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
X
Y
(c)
i (0) l(cm) l2(cm2) 1 Sin i Sin2i
2
( cm−2 )
L
15 6.6 43.56 0.023 0.2588 0.067
25 6.8 46.24 0.022 0.4226 0.179
35 7.0 49.00 0.020 0.5736 0.329
45 7.4 54.76 0.018 0.7071 0.50
55 7.8 60.84 0.016 0.8192 0.671
Max. – 6mks
(d) S–1 Linear and appropriate

A–1 Well labelled with units
P–2 All points
L-1
Max5
1
2 ( 2.0−2.3 ) x 10−2 cm−2 −0.003 cm
−2
(e) Slope = l =  =
−2 ( 3.3−0.7 ) x 10−1 0.26
sin i
= -0.01154cm-1  With units

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1 1
(f) (i) 2 = 2 - x is intercept  Realizing
b l
= 2.4 x 10-2 cm-2  - value extracted
1 2
b2 = −2
cm
2.4 x 10
b2 = 41.66
b = 6.455cm 
1
(ii) 2 2 = gradient  Realizing = 0.01154cm3  - for equating
n b
1 1
2 =
n 0.4808
n2 = 2.080
n = 1.442
(a) (ii) I = 0.16 A  0.05
(c)
Length 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Pd (V) 0.25 0.50 0.75 0.95 1.25 1.50 1.75
All values 5 mks correct
At least 5 correct 4 mks
1.5−0.5 1 V
(e) S = = = 0.025 Intervals 
60−20 40 cm
 With units
 No units 1 mk
0.35+0.36
(f) d =  = 0.555mm 
2
0.1778 0.1175
(g) A = 3.142 x x 
10 10
= 9.899 x 10-4cm2 
K
(h) Slope = m  Realising
A
k
0.025 =
0.0009899
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
−5
k = 0.025 x 0.000989 = 2.47 x 10 
MOKASA JOINT EXAMINATION

232/1
Physics
Paper 1
March / April 2016
Section A (25Marks)
1. The diagram below shows a micrometer screw gauge. What is the reading in SI units? (2 marks)
2. Apart from friction, name another factor that reduces efficiency in machines. (1 mark)
3. Diffusion in gases is faster than in liquids; state two reasons why this is so. (2 marks)
4. A tube of radius 9 mm has a constriction of diameter 10mm. Water flows in the tube at 3ms -1. Determine the velocity of water
in the constriction. (3 marks)
5. (a) A student obtained ice at 0oCfrom a refrigerator and placed it in a beaker on a bench. After 4 minutes, the temperature
rose to
4oC. State the changes that would be observed in the water in terms of;
(i) density (1 mark)
(ii) mass (1 mark)
(ii) volume (1 mark)
6. The diagram below shows a uniform 5m long metal rod of mass 800g. It is suspended by a string tied at a point 3.5m from
one end. Determine the load which should be hung at point X to keep the plank horizontal. (3 marks)
7. Explain why ice skaters use sharp-edged shoes to slide on ice (2 marks)
8. The diagram below shows a braking system.
Why is the master piston, made smaller than the slave piston? (1 mark)
9. A faulty thermometer reads 2oC when dipped in ice at 0oC and 95oC when dipped in steam at 100oC. What would this
thermometer read if placed in water at room temperature at 18oC? (3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
10. The figure below shows a machine being used to raise a load. Use the information given in the figure to answer questions
below.
Determine the efficiency of the machine. (3 marks)

11. Using Kinetic theory of matter, explain why solids expand when heated (2 marks)
Section B (55 Marks)

12. A bullet of mass 24g travelling in a horizontal path with a velocity of 450ms -1 strikes a wooden block of wood of mass 976g
resting on a rough horizontal surface. After impact, the bullet and the block move together for a distance of 7.5m before
coming rest.
(a) Name the type of collision which takes place above (1 mark)
(b) What’s the velocity of the two bodies when they start sliding (2 marks)
(c) Calculate the force which brings the two bodies to rest (3 marks)
(d) Determine the coefficient of friction between the block and the surface during this motion. (2 marks)
13 (a) Give reason why a body moving in a circular path with constant speed is said to be accelerating. (1mark)
(b) A stone of mass 40g is tied to the end of a string 50cm long such that it is 20m above the ground at its lowest level as
shown
in the diagram below. It is whirled in a vertical circle at 2rev/s.
(i) If the string breaks at its lowest levelas shown, what is the velocity with which it travels? (2 mark)
Calculate the maximum tension in the string. (3marks)
(ii) Calculate the maximum tension in the string. (2 marks)
(d) Determine the maximum horizontal distance it travels from the breaking point (2 marks)
14 (a) Give reason why ink is most likely to ooze out of a pen when one is up in an airplane. (1mark)
(b) The figure below is a simple hydraulic machine used to raise heavy loads.
Calculate;
(i) The pressure exerted on the oil by the force applied at A (2marks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) The load raised at B (2marks)
(iii) Give two properties which make the oil suitable for use in this machine (2marks)
(c) The height of a mountain is 1360m. The barometer reading at the base of the mountain is 74cmHg. Given that the densities of
mercury and air are 13,600Kgm-3 and 1.25Kgm-3 respectively, determine the barometer reading at the top of the mountain.
(3
marks)
15 (a) State Hooke’s Law (1mark)
(b) The diagram below shows a graph of force against extension for a certain spring.
Force
(N)
Extension (cm)
(i) What is the spring constant of the spring? (2 marks)

(ii) What force would cause two such springs placed side by side to stretch by10cm (3 marks)
16. (a) What is meant by specific latent heat of fusion of a substance? (1mark)
(b) In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of water, steam at 100ºC was passed into water
contained in a well-lagged copper calorimeter. The following measurements were made:
 Mass of calorimeter = 60g
 mass of water + calorimeter = 145g
 Final mass of calorimeter + water + condensed steam = 156g
 Final temperature of the mixture = 48oC
[Specific heat capacity of water = 4200JKgˉ¹kˉ¹ and specific heat capacity of copper = 390JKgˉ¹kˉ¹]
Determine the;
(i) mass of condensed steam. (1mark)
(ii) The heat gained by the water and calorimeter if the initial temperature of the calorimeter and water is 20ºC. (3marks)
(iii) Given that Lvis the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam, write an expression for the heat given out by steam.
(1mark)
(iv) Determine the value of Lv above (2marks)
(v) State the assumption made in the above experiment (1 mark)
17. A cork of volume 100cm3 is floating on water. If the density of the cork is 0.25 gcm-3 and that of water is 1 gcm-1;
(a) Calculate the mass of the cork (2 marks)
(b) Hence, find the upthrust force on the cork (2 marks)
(c) What minimum force is required to immerse the cork completely (2 marks)
(d) What is the effect on the upthrust force in a liquid when the temperature of the liquid is reduced? (1mark)
18. (a) State Pressure Law (1mark)
(b) The following diagram shows a set up of apparatus used to verify Charles Law.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Give the name of part labelled X (1 mark)

(ii) What is the function of the part named in (i) above? (1 mark)
(iii) Briefly explain how the set up above is used to verify Charles Law (3 marks)
(c) A certain mass of hydrogen gas occupies a volume of 1.6m3 at a pressure of 1.5x105Pa and a temperature of 120c. Determine
the volume when the temperature is 00c at a pressure of 1.0x103Pa. (2 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
MOKASA JOINT EXAMINATIONS
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE
232/2
PHYSICS
Paper 2
(Theory)
March/April 2016
2 hours
Section A (25 marks)
Answer ALL the questions in the spaces provided.
1. Figure 1 show a ray of light incident on a plane mirror.
Figure1 Plane mirror
(a) On the diagram, indicate the direction of the reflected ray. (1mark)
(b) Give reason for the path shown above. (1mark)
2. State what happens to the image when one moves closer to the object when using a pinhole camera. (1mark)
3. An object of height 2 cm is placed 25 cm in front of a concave mirror. A real image is formed 75 cm from the mirror.
Calculate the height of the image.
(2marks)
4. State the law of magnetism. (1mark)
5. State and explain the functions of the keeper when storing magnets. (2marks)
6. Figure 2 shows a steel bar to be magnetized.
Steel bar
Figure 2 P Q
Complete the circuit such that both poles P and Q acquire opposite polarity (North- south respectively). (1mark)
7. Figure 3 shows a set up of a simple cell.
Bulb
Figure 3
Zinc
A
B
(a) Name the electrode A and electrolyte B. (2marks)

(b) State two reasons why the bulb goes off a short time. (2marks)
(c) Give one method of minimizing the defect that occurs in plate A. (1mark)
8. The chart below shows part of the electromagnetic spectrum.
A B Visible light UV light C

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(a) Identify the radiation marked A and C. (1mark)
(b) Give one application of the radiation marked B. (1mark)
9. The range of audible frequencies varies from 20 Hz to 20 kHz. If the speed of sound is 340 m/s, what is the corresponding
range of wavelength? (3marks)
10. Distinguish between transverse waves and longitudinal waves. (1mark)
11. Figure 4 shows a wave form
Figure 4 Di
st 3.0
a
nc
e
(
m
0
0. 2 0. 4 0.6 0.8 Time (ms)
-3.0
Determine the wavelength given that the speed of the wave is 400 m/s. (2marks)
12. An electric kettle is rated at 1.8 kW, 240 V. Explain the choice of the safest fuse for the kettle. (the available fuses are 5 A, 10
A, and 20 A) (3marks)
Section B (55 marks)
Answer ALL the questions in the spaces provided.
13. (a) A bar magnet is pushed into a coil as shown in Figure 5 below.
Figure 5
N S
Motion
Galvanometer
Explain what happens to the pointer of the galvanometer when the magnet is:
(i) Moved into the coil rapidly? (1mark)
(ii) Remains stationary inside the coil? (1mark)
(b) State two ways of increasing the magnitude of induced current in a generator. (2marks)
(c) A transformer has 200 turns in the primary coil and 1000 turns in the secondary coil. The primary coil is connected to an a.c
source producing 100 V and rated 500 W. The current delivered by the secondary circuit was found to be 0.95 A.
(i) Determine the efficiency of this transformer. (3marks)
(ii) Explain why the efficiency is less than 100%. (2marks)
14. (a) A coin is placed at the bottom of a tall jar. The jar is filled with paraffin to a depth of 32.4 cm and the coin is apparently
seen displaced 9.9 cm from the bottom. Determine the refractive index of air with respect to paraffin. (3marks)
(b) Define the term critical angle. (1mark)
(c) Figure 6 shows a ray of light passing through a glass prism.
θ
Top Figure 6
grade predictor publishers Page | 25
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
If the speed of light in prism is 2.0 x 108m/s

(i) Determine the refractive index of the prism material given that the speed of light in air is 3.0 x 10 8m/s. (2marks)
(ii) Determine the value of the critical angle c and show it on Figure 6. (2marks)
15. (a) Differentiate between an Ohmic and non-ohmic conductor giving one example in each case. (2marks)
(b) Figure 7 shows a circuit with resistors and voltmeter connected to a battery.
Figure 7 S
3Ω
6.0V
V 5Ω
2Ω
(i) If each cell has an internal resistance of 0.7Ω, determine the total resistance in the circuit. (3marks)
(ii) What amount of current flows through the 3Ω resistor when the switch is closed? (3marks)
(iii) What is the reading of the voltmeter when the switch S is
(I) Open (1mark)
(II) Closed (1mark)
(iv) Account for the difference between the answers in (I) and (II) above. (1mark)
16. Figure 8 shows an electromagnetic relay being used to switch an electric motor on and off. The electromagnet consists of a
coil of wire wrapped around a core. The motor in figure is switched off.
Springy metal strips
Figure 8
A
Contacts Motor
B
Pivot
Soft iron armature Insulator
Core
S
(a) Suggest suitable material for the core. (1mark)
(b) What happens to the core when switch S is closed? (2marks)
(c) Why do the contacts A and B close when the switch S is closed. (2marks)
(d) When the switch S is opened, what will happen to;
(i) The core (1mark)
(ii) Soft iron armature. (1mark)
(e) Give one other application of an electromagnet. (1mark)
(f) State two ways in which an electromagnet could be made more powerful. (2marks)
17. (a) Give a reason why a candle flame is blown when a highly charged conductor is brought close to it as shown in Figure 9.
(2marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Figure 9
++++++
++++++
Highly charged conductor
Flame
Candle
(b) Figure10 shows 1μF, 2μF, 4μF and 5μF capacitors connected to a battery.
1μF
Figure 10 5μF
4μF
2μF
8.0 V
Determine:
(i) The total capacitance. (2marks)
(ii) The total charge. (2marks)
(iii) Voltage across the 4μF capacitor. (2marks)
18. (a) In an experiment to observe interference of light a double slit experiment was placed close to the monochromatic source
as shown in Figure 11.
Figure 11
S1
Monochromatic S2
source
Screen
(i) State the function of the double slit. (1mark)
(ii) Describe what is observed on the screen. (2marks)
(b) Figure 12 shows an object O placed in front of a diverging lens whose principal focus is F.
Figure 12

O F
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
On the diagram, draw rays diagram to locate the image formed. (3marks)
(c) Figure 13 shows a defective eye focusing a distant object.
Figure 13
Rays from a distant object
(i) Name the defect. (1mark)

On the same diagram, sketch the appropriate lens to correct the defect and sketch the rays to show the effect of the lens.
(2marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
232/3
PHYSICS PRACTICAL
2 ½ Hours
REQUIREMENTS
Each candidate should be provided with:
1. - A rectangular glass block
- 4 optical pins
- A soft board
- A plain paper
2. (I) - A voltmeter (0 – 3V)
- An ammeter (0 – 1A)
- A dry cell (new)
- A switch
- 7 connecting wires (3 wires with crocodile clip at one end and a long one to be attached to the jockey/crocodile clip)
- A mounted resistance wire on a metre rule (wire SWG 28)
(II) - A half-metre rule
- A knife edge (raised on a block of wood)
- A thread (approx. 20cm in form of a loop)
- A 50g mass
232/3
PHYSICS
PRACTICAL
TIME: 2 ½ HRS
1. You are provided with the following;
 a rectangular glass block
 4 optical pins
 a soft board
 a plain paper
Proceed as follows:
(a) Place the glass block on the plain paper with one of the largest face upper most. Trace round the glass block using a pencil as
shown below.
A P1
P2
i
b r L
c
P3
P4
D
eye
(b) Remove the glass block and construct a normal at B. Construct an incident ray AB of angle of incidence, i = 20 0.
(c) Replace the glass block and trace the ray ABCD using the optical pin
(d) Remove the glass block and draw the path of the ray ABCD using a pencil. Measure length L and record it in the table
below.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Angle i 0
L (cm) 2
L (cm )2
1 Sin i 2
2
( cm−2 )
L
20 0.1170
30 0.2500
40 0.4132
50 0.5868
60 0.7500
70 0.8830
(6 marks)
(e) Repeat the procedure above for the angles of incidence given.
1
(f) Calculate the value of L2 and 2 ; Record in the table.
L
1 2
(g) Plot a graph of 2 (y-axis) against Sin i . (5 marks)
L
(h) Calculate the gradient, S. (3 marks)
1 −1 2 1
Given that the equation of that graph is: : 2
= 2 2 ∙ sin i+ 2
L n b b
1 2
(i) Determine the 2 – intercept C and the Sin i – intercept B.
L
C = _______________________________________ (1 mark)
B = _______________________________________ (1 mark)
(j) Calculate the value of Q given by; (2 marks)
Q=− ( CS )÷ B
(k) Hand in your constructions on the plain paper together with the answer script. (2 marks)
2. I. You are provided with the following:
 A voltmeter
 An ammeter
 A dry cell
 A cell holder
 A switch
 7 connecting wires (4 wires with crocodile clips at one end)
 A mounted resistance wire.
(a) Connect voltmeter across the dry cell on an open circuit. Measure its e.m.f.
E = ____________________________________ (1 mark)
(b) Now connect the apparatus provided as shown below.
A Mounted resistance wire

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
A B
L
Crocodile clip
Place the crocodile clip/jockey on the wire AB starting with L = 20 cm. Close the switch K. Record the terminal p.d. , V
and corresponding current I. Repeat for other values of L shown and complete the table.
Length L (cm) Terminal p.d. Current 1 I −1 1 −1
V(V) I (A) = (Ω ) (V )
R V V
20
30
40
50
60
70
(6 marks)
1 1
(c) Plot a graph of (y-axis) against . (4 marks)
V R
1 r 1 1
(d) Given that the equation of graph is; = ∙ +
V E R E
Determine from the graph:
1
(i) the intercept C on - axis
V
C = _________________________________ (1 mark)
and hence calculate the e.m.f. E of the cell. (2 marks)
(ii) the slope S of the graph. (2 marks
(e) (i) Use the values of C and S above to find W,
S
given by w= (1 mark)
C
(ii) What is the physical meaning of W. (1 mark)
2. II. You are provided with the following;
 Half-metre rule
 Knife edge (raised)
 A thread (approx. 20cm in form of a loop)
 50g mass
(a) Determine the c.o.g of the half-metre rule.
c.o.g. = _____________________ cm mark. (1 mark)
(b)
15 cm 50cm
0
d1 d2 c.o.g
Knife edge
50g
mass
(i) Pivot the rule at 15cm mark and balance it with the mass as shown. When it is well balanced, note and record the
position of the 50g mass; (1
mark)
Position of 50g mass = _________________ cm mark
(ii) Use your results to determine the weight of the rule. (2 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
232/1
Physics
Paper 1
March / April 2016
Marking Scheme
Section A (25Marks)
1. Sleeve scale = 17.50mm Total reading = 17.50 + 0.29
Thimble scale = 29 X 0.01 = 0.29mm = 17.79mm
= 1.779 X 10-2 m
2. Energy lost/used to lift the machine parts / Weight of machine parts
3. - Density of gases is lower than in liquids -Intermolecular forces in gasesare weaker than in liquids.
- Kinetic energy of gas particles is higher than that of liquids
4. Rate of flow; a1 v1 = a2 v2
2 2
πX0.009 X 3=v2 XπX 0.005
-1
v2=9.72 ms
5. (a) (i) density Increases (1 mark
(ii) Mass Remains constant (1 mark)
(ii) volume Decreases (1 mark)
6. At equilibrium, sum of clockwise moments = sum of anticlockwise moments
8N X 1m = X X1m
X = 8N
7. Sharp edged shoes exert high pressure on ice which lowers the melting point of ice.
Melted water below provides lubrication/ lowers friction hence skidding/ sliding occurs.
8. A small piston exerts high pressure transmitted to the larger/slave piston,
This produces a larger force in the slave piston.
9. 0------ 100 → 100 units Reading = 2 + 16.74
2 ------ 95 → 93 units = 18.74 o C
1 unit = 93/100 = 0.93 units
18 units = 18 X 0.93
= 16.74
10. (a) V.R. = 5 Efficiency = M.A/V.R x 100
284
M.A. = /71 71N = 4 / 5 x 100
= 4 = 80%
11. Heat increases the kinetic energy of molecules
This leads to increase in the distance covered my moving molecules, hence its length increases
Section B (55 Marks)
12. (a) Inelastic collision
(b) m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1 +m2)v
22
/1000X450 + 976/1000X 0= (976/1000 +26/1000)v
v =10.8ms-1
(c) V2 = u2 + 2 a s
0= 10.82 + 2 X a X 7.5
a = - 10.82/15
a =- 7.7776 ms-1
F = ma = 1 X -7.7776 ms-1
F = -7.7776 N
(d) F = µR = µ mg
=m a = µX 1 X 10
µ =1 X 7.776/ 10
µ =0.7776
13 (a) This is due to constant change in direction of body hence change in velocity is acceleration
(b) (i) ω = 2πf = 2 X 3.142 X 2
ω = 12.567rads-1
v = r ω = 0.5 X 12.567
v= 6.283ms-1
(ii) T = mv2/r - mg
= 40/1000 X 6.28322/0.5 - 40/1000 X 10
= 2.7583N
(d) Determine the maximum horizontal distance it travels from the breaking point (2 marks)
h = ½ gt2 R = ut
20 = 5t2 =
6.283 X 2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
2
t = 4 t = 2s → = 12.566m
14. (a) The pressure in the pen is higher than that outside the pen (atmospheric pressure ).
This causes the ink to flow outwards due to difference in pressure.
(b) The figure below is a simple hydraulic machine used to raise heavy loads.
(i) P = F/A = 120/0.006 = 20,000Nm-2
(ii) F = P x A = 20,000 X 0.50
= 10,000N
(iii)
- Should be incompressible
- Should be non-corrosive
- Should have high boiling point and low melting point
(c) h1ρ1g =h2ρ2 g
1360 x 1.25 = (74 – x)/100X 13600
x = 61.5cm
15 (a) For a helical spring or any other elastic material, the extension of a string is directly proportional to the force applied, so
long
as the elastic limit is not exceeded
(b) (i) What is the spring constant of the spring? (2 marks)
Gradient = (3– 1)/(12 – 4) = 0.25Ncm-1
(ii) What force would cause two such springs placed side by side to stretch by10cm (3 marks)
In parallel arrangement, k = 25 X 2 = 50 Ncm-1
F = k e = 50 X 0.1 = 5Ncm-1
16. (a) What is meant by specific latent heat of fusion of a substance? (1mark)
The amount of heat energy required to change a unit mass of solid to liquid at constant temperature.
(b) (i) mass of condensed steam. (1mk)
Mass of steam = 156 - 145 = 11 g
(ii) Heat gained by water + heat gained by calorimeter = 0.085 x 4200 (48-20) + 0.06 X 390(48-20)
= 10,651.2 J
(iii) Heat lost by steam=Heat lost by condensing steam + heat lost by condensed steam
= 0.011 X Lv+ 0.011 X 4200 X (100 – 48)
= 0.011Lv+ 2,402.4
(iv) Heat lost by steam+heat lost by condensed water = heat gained by water + heat gained by calorimeter
0.011 XLv+ 0.011 X 4200 X (100 – 48) = 0.085 X 4200 (48-20) + 0.06 X 390(48-20)
Lv= 749,890.9091JKg-1
(v) There are no heat losses
There is no change in mass
17. (a) Mass = density x volume
= 100 x 0.25 = 25g
(b) Upthrust = Weight of the liquid displaced
= 100/1000 X 1 x 10 = 1 N
(c) Weight of the cork = 25/1000 x 10= 0.25N
Minimum downward force required = 1.0 - 0.25 = 0.75 N
(d) Upthrust reduces
18. (a) The pressure of a fixed mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature provided volume is kept constant.
(b) i) Sulphuric acid index
ii) A drying agent
Indicate the volume of gas
iii)
- The apparatus are set up as shown and the water bath heated
- The temperature and volume /length of index is recorded at regular intervals of time
- A graph of volume of versus absolute temperature is drawn and graph analysed.
- a straight line cutting the temperature axis at about -273K is obtained; hence volume is directlyproportional to
absolute temperature.
(c) P1V1/ T1 = P2V2/ T2
1.5 X 105 X 1.6 / 285 = 1.0 X 103 X V2 / 273
V2 = 1.5 X 105 X 1.6 X 273 /(2.85 X 1.0 X 103)
= 229.89 m3

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
MOKASA JOINT EXAMONATION
232/2
PHYSICS
Paper 2
(Theory)
March 2016
Marking scheme
2 hours
1. a)
(b) Angle of incidence = angle of reflection = 00

2. Image increases
v 75
3. M = = =3
u 25
h
=3 h = 2 x 3 = 6 cm
2
4. Like pole repel while unlike pole attract

5. The keepers acquire opposite polarity and keep the dipoles in a closed loop retaining their magnetic strength.
6.
P Q
7.
(a) A.copper
B.dilute sulphuric acid
(b) Plate A is covered with hydrogen gas bubbles insulating it (polarization is taking place)
Local action is taking place at the zinc plate
(c) Addition of potassium dichromate (depolarizer)
8. a) A-microwaves C- X-rays
b) Heating e.g cooking, drying
In warming greenhouse , infrared photography and heat-seeking missiles.
9. V = fʎ ʎ= V/f
340 340
Range = m¿ m = 0.0017 m to 17 m
20000 20
10. In transverse wave particles oscillate perpendicular to the direction of wave travel whereas in longitudinal wave oscillate
parallel to the wave travel.
11. Period T = 0.8 x 10-3s therefore frequency = 1/T = 1250Hz wavelength ʎ = v/f = 400/1250 = 0.32m
1800
12. I = = 7.5 A safest fuse = 10 A which is slightly above the operating current.
240

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
13. (a)
(i) The pointer deflects to the left and then goes back to rest position (zero). Changing magnetic flux links the coil
inducing an e.m.f which causes current to flow making the pointer to deflect.
(ii) No deflection. There is change in magnetic flux, no induced e.m.f and hence no current.
(b)
 Using a stronger magnet
 Increasing the number of turns of the coil
 Winding the coil on a soft iron core
 Increasing the speed of rotation of the coil;;
(c)
(i) Determine the efficiency of this transformer. (3marks)
Ns V s
=
Np Vp
1000 x
Vs = 100 = 500 V;
200
Power output = 500 x 0.95 = 475 W;
475
Efficiency = x 100 = 95%;
500
(ii)
Explain why the efficiency is less than 100%. (2marks)
 Flux leakage
 Hysteresis loss
 Heating due to eddy current
 Copper losses
14. (a)Apparent depth = 32.4 – 9.9 = 22.5 cm
real dept h 32.4
n= = = 1.44;;
apparent dept h 22.5
1 22.5
= = 0.6944;
n 32.4
(b) This is the angle of incidence in the denser medium for which the angle of refraction in the less dense medium is 90 0.;
(c)
8
velocity ∈air 3 x 10
(i) n = = = 1.5;;
velocity ∈glass 2 x 108
1 1
(ii) Sin c = = = 0.6667 ; C = 41.810;
n 1.5
15. (a) Ohmic conductor obeys Ohm’s law/ forms straight line through the origin on V-I graph e.g copper, aluminium while non-
ohmic conductor doesn’t obey Ohm’s law and the graph of V-I is not a straight line through the origin e.g semi-conductor,
thermistor, bulb.
8 x2 16
(b) i) Rseries = 3Ω +5Ω = 8Ω Rparallel = = = 1.6 Ω total resistance = 1.6 + 0.7 x 2 = 3.0 Ω
8+ 2 10
V 6 3.2
ii) Total current It = = = 2A Vparallel = 1.6 x 2 = 3.2 V I3Ω = = 0.4 A
Rt 3 8
iii) (I) 6.0 V
(II) 6.0 – 3.2 = 2.8 V
iv) Lost voltage is the energy used to drive electrons through the cell itself.
16.
(a) Soft iron
(b) The current flows through the solenoid; it is magnetized and attracts the soft iron armature.;
(c) The magnetized core attracts the soft iron armature. The pivot armature pushes the springy metal strip which joins
contact B and A.;;
(d)
(i) The core (1mark)
It loses its magnetism;
(ii) Soft iron armature. (1mark)
Soft iron goes back to its original position thus switching off the current in the circuit.;
(e) Give one other application of an electromagnet. (1mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Electric bell, telephone receiver, moving coil loudspeaker and circuit breaker.
(f) State two ways in which an electromagnet could be made more powerful. (2marks)
Using a soft iron core, increasing the current and
Increasing the number of turns;;
17. (a) This due to an electric wind set up by the high concentration of charge at the sharp point. Air is ionized and like charges
repel.
(b)
(i) 1μF +4μF = 5μF
Series = (5x5)/10 = 2.5μF;
Total capacitance = 2.5 +2 = 4.5 μF;
(ii) Total charge = 4.5 x 8 =36μC;;
20 μC
(iii) Voltage = =4 V ;;
5 μF
18. (a)
(i) Used to diffract the light waves and provide coherent sources;
(ii) Dark fringes and bright fringes are seen. The central fringe is brightest while the intensity of the other fringes
decreases away from the central fringe. ;
Dark fringes are as a result of destructive interference while bright fringes are as a result of constructive
interference;
(b) Figure 8, shows an object O placed in front of a diverging lens whose principle focus is F.
Figure 8
O F
c) Use the figure below to answer the questions that follows

Concave lens
Rays from a distant

object
(ii) Name the defect. (1mark)

Shortsightedness /myopia;
(iii) On the same diagram, sketch the appropriate lens to correct the defect and sketch the rays to show the effect of the
lens.
Correct lens;
Correct rays;

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KEIYO SOUTH JOINT EXAMINATION 2016
232-1
PHYSICS 1
(THEORY)
MARCH/APRIL. 2016
2 HOURS
SECTION A (25MARKS)
1. What is the reading on the vernier caliper shown in figure 1 below? (1mark)
Figure 1 0 10
cm
0 1 2 3
2. The figure 2 below show three wooden blocks resting on a flat surface. (They are of the same material).
Figure 2
20cm 20cm 20cm

(i) Arrange them starting from the least stable. (1mark)
(ii) State the factor that you have considered in 2(i) above. (1mark)
3. The figure below shows a U-tube manometer containing a gas, mercury and water. Calculate the gas pressure acting on the
mercury. (Take atmospheric pressure to be 1.05 x 105 pa, density of mercury and water to be 13600kg/m3and 1000kg/m3
respectively). (3mks)
Water
25cm
Gas
10cm Mercury
4. Figure 3 below shows water flowing through two sections A and B of a pipe having different cross-sectional area.
Figure 3
Water
B
A
Indicate and explain the water level in manometer B. (2marks)
5. In a clinical thermometer state how the thermometer can be made. (1marks)
a) Move sensitive
b) Quick acting
6. A balloon is filled with a gas which is lighter than air. It is observed to rise in air up to a certain height. State a reason why the
balloon stops rising. (1mark)
7. 1800cm³ of fresh water of density 1000 kg/m³ is mixed with 2200cm³ of sea water of density 1025 kg/m³. Calculate the
density of the mixture. (3marks)
8. When temperature of a gas in a closed container is raised, the pressure of the gas increases. Explain how the molecules of the
gas cause the increase in pressure (2marks
9 The figure below shows a flat bottomed flask containing some water. It is heated directly with a very hot flame

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Flask
Water
Hot flame
Explain why the flask is likely to crack (2marks)

10. State two factors which affect the rate of diffusion in gases (2marks)
11. The figure below show a uniform metre rule balanced when pivoted at the 30cm mark under the conditions of forces as
shown below. R
30
0 10cm 70cm 100
A P B
50g
4.8N
Pivot
Calculate the weight W of the rule. (3marks)
12. The figure below shows an inclined plane and a load of mass 15kg pulled by an effort of 100N.
100N
15kg
) 300
Find the efficiency of the machine (3marks)

SECTION B ( 55 Marks)
Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided
13. the figure below shows a simple pendulum of length 80 cm. the pendulum bob whose mass is 50 g oscillates between points A
and B, through its rest position C. A and B are both 10 cm higher than C
C A
B
(a) (i) indicate with an arrow, on the path ACB, the direction of the greatest velocity of the bob as it moves from A to B. (1mk)
(ii) State the form of energy possessed by the pendulum bob at point A (1 mark)
(b) Determine

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) The velocity of the bob at point C (2 marks)
(ii) The tension in the string as the bob passes point C (2 marks)
(Take acceleration due to gravity g=10m/s2
(c) State two characteristics of perfectly inelastic collisions (2 marks)
(d) A body of mass 4.0 kg held at a vertical height of 500cm is released to travel along a frictionless curved path as shown in the
figure below.
Mass = 4.0 kg
Mass =6.0 kg
The 4.0kg mass strikes body of mass 6.0kg at rest immediately it reaches the horizontal. The bodies stick together and
move in the same direction. Determine the velocity of the bodies immediately after collision. (4 marks)
14. (a) Define the term heat capacity (1mark)
(b) A block of metal of mass 150g at 100oC is dropped into a logged calorimeter of heat capacity 40Jk-1 containing 100g of
water at 25oC. The temperature of the resulting mixture is 34oC. (Specific heat capacity of water = 4200J/KgK)
Determine;-
(i) Heat gained by calorimeter (2mks)
(ii) Heat gained by water (1mark)
(iii) Heat lost by the metal block (1mark)
(iv) Specific heat capacity of the metal block (3marks)
(b) Differentiate between boiling and evaporation (2mark)
15. a) State Hooke’s law. (2marks)
b) The graph shows how extension e of a helical spring varied with load, hanging on it. (cm)
5, 23.2
4,,18.5
3,,13.8
Extension (cm)
2,9.2
1,4.5
Load ( N)
(i) Determine from the graph, the proportionality constant of the spring. (3marks)
c) State three factors that affect the proportionality constant of a helical spring. (3marks)
d) Two spring Q and R have proportionality constants 20Nm-1 and 25Nm-1 respectively. Q
weighs 0.2 N while the weight of R is negligible. The two springs are arranged to support a load of
3.0N as shown in the diagram that follows.
Top grade predictor publishers R Page | 39

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Determine the extension in

i) Q
3.0N (2marks)
ii) R (2marks)
16. (a) Define the term relative density (1mark)
(b) The diagram below shows a wooden log 12m long, density 800kg/m3 and cross-sectional area 0.06m2floating upright in
sea
water of density 1.03g/cm3, such that a third of it is covered by water.
A= 0.06m2
(i) Determine the weight of the block (3marks)

(ii) The up-thrust on the block (3marks)
(iii) The minimum weight that can be placed on the block to just make it fully submerged (2marks)
(c) The following set-up was then used by a student to determine the relative density of a cork
Cork Cork
Sinker Sinker
Water
water
During the experiment, the following measurements were taken:-

- Weight of sinker in water = w1
- Weight of sinker in water and cork in air = w2
- Weight of sinker and cork in water = w3
(i) Write an expression for the up thrust on cork (1mark)
(ii) Write an expression for the relative density of the cork (2marks)
17. (a) Distinguish between angular velocity and linear velocity. (1marks)
(b) A pendulum bob is whirled with uniform speed in a horizontal circle of radius 20cm.The bob describes an arc of length
5cm
within 15 seconds.
Calculate
i) Angular velocity (3marks)
ii) The uniform speed of the bob along the circular path (2marks)
iii) The frequency with the bob moves along the circular path (2marks)
iv) State why the bob is accelerating yet it moves with the uniform speed along its path (1mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KESO JOINT EXAMINATION-2016
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education
232/2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
MARCH/APRIL- 2016
TIME: 2 HRS
SECTION A: (25 marks)
Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided.
1. Figure 1 shows a ray of light XY striking the mirror CD held at an angle of 1080 to mirror DE.
D
Y 108°
42°
C
Fig 1
X
E
Complete the path of the ray XY and state the final angle of reflection. (2 marks)
Complete the path of the ray XY and state the final angle of reflection (3 marks)
2. State one advantage of a lead acid accumulator over nickel-iron accumulator. (1 mark)
3. A negatively charged polythene rod is placed on a pan of electric balance. State and explain what happens to the balance
reading if a positively charged glass rod is brought closer to the polythene rod. (2 marks)
4. The figure 2 shows a bar magnet. Point A and B are in front of the magnet.
Fig. 2 A S N B
On the axis provided, sketch a graph showing how the magnetic field strength changes from A to B. (2marks)
Magn
etic
field
B
A
Distance
5. Explain how an increase in temperature affects the speed of sound in air. (1 mark)
6. Figure 3 below shows two parallel light rays incident on a concave mirror.
C F
Fig 3 concave m irror

Sketch on the same diagram the path of the rays after striking the mirror and show the image. (2marks)
7. A wire of resistance 20Ω is connected to a battery of 12V. Determine the heat dissipated in the wire in one minute.
(3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
8. The figure 4 below shows an arrangement for lighting three lamps, A, B and C only one of which is controlled directly by the
switch.
Fig 4
(a) Which of the lamp is directly controlled by the switch? (1 mark)

(b) Which lamps can be on at once? (1 mark)
9. Plane water waves produced in a ripple tank are passed from a region of deep water into a region of shallow water. Figure 5
shows the top view of the tank.
B o u n d a ry
Fig 5
D e e p w a te r S h a llo w w a te r
State what happens at the boundary to.

(a) The frequency of the waves. (1 mark)
(b) The speed of the waves. (1 mark)
(c) The wavelength of the waves. (1 mark)
10. (i) Arrange the following waves in order of decreasing wavelength.
Infrared, X-rays, microwaves, yellow light, radio waves, red light. (1 mark)
(ii) State one application of infrared wave. (1 mark)
11. Using domain theory, explain the process of magnetization. (3 marks)
12. Figure 6 represents a pinhole camera.
Fig 6
Sketch rays to show the formation of an enlarged image in the camera. Label both the image and the object. (2 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
SECTION B: (55 marks)
13. (a) Two coins were placed at the bottom of two jars each containing a different clear liquid as shown in figure 7.
Jar P Jar Q
Fig 7 Liqu id A Liqu id B
C o in C o in
The liquids in the two jars are at the same level. The coin in jar Q appears shallower than that in jar P. Explain. (2 marks)
(b) The figure 8 shows a ray of light incident on a water-air interface from a source 8m deep.
Air
Water 52.50
8m
Fig 8
(i) Ray A is observed to bend as it enters the air. Give a reason why this occurs. (1 mark)
(ii) If the refractive index of water is 1.35, calculate the angle of refraction of ray A (3 marks)
(iii) Find the critical angle of water. (3 marks)
(iv) Give a reason why ray B is not travelling out of water. (1mark)
(c) Figure 9 below shows a ray of light incident on a triangular prism and a white screen is placed in front of the prism.
w hite ray
Fig 9
screen
Complete the diagram to show the path followed by the ray up to the screen. (2 marks)
14. (a)Figure 10 shows a glass lens in air and its two focal points F1 and F2.
Three rays of light pass through F1 to the lens, on the figure show the path followed by the three rays through the lens and
into the air. (3 marks)
(b) I State one possible cause of myopia. (1 mark)
II. State the type of lens that is used to correct myopia. (1 mark)
(c) The figure 11 below shows a pin 60mm long placed along the principal axis of a lens of focal length 50mm. The near end of
principal axis
600m m 800m m
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
the pin is 80mm form the lens.
Fig 11
Determine the length of the image. (4 marks

(d) In an experiment to determine the focal length of a converging lens several values of image distance and the corresponding
magnification were obtained. A graph of magnification m against image distance (V) was plotted as shown below.
From the graph determine the focal length of the converging lens. (4 marks)
15. (a) The following graph shows the potential difference, V against current, I for a certain device.
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
P.d (v )
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
Current (A)
(i) State with a reason whether the device obeys Ohm's law. (1 mark)
(ii) Determine the resistance of the device when current is 1.0A. (1 mark)
(iii) State how resistance of the device varies as current increases from zero to 5.0A. (1 mark)
(b) When the switch S is kept open in the circuit shown in figure 12 the voltmeter reads 1.5V. When the switch is closed, the
readings drops to 1.3V and the current through the resistor is 0.5A.
V
S
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Fig 12
(i) What is the e.m.f of the cell? (1 mark)
(ii) What the terminal voltage of the cell? (1 mark)
(iii) Calculate the value of R. (2 marks)
16. (a) Figure 13 shows a loudspeaker producing sound waves in air.
X X
Wave m otion
Loud speaker Y Y
Fig 13 X com pressions
Y Rarefactions
(i) Explain how compression and rarefactions are formed. (2 marks)
(ii) Show on the diagram the wavelength of the wave. (1 mark)
(iii) The wavelength of the waves produced is 0.4m. Determine the frequency of the waves if the speed of sound in air is
330m/s. (2 marks)
(b) In an experiment to observe interference of light waves a double slit placed close to the source as shown in figure 14 below
Fig 14
(i) What is monochromatic source (1 mark)

(ii) State the function of the double slit. (1 mark)
(iii) Briefly describe what is observed on the screen. (1 mark)
(c) Briefly explain what is observed on the screen when
(i) The slit separation S1S2 is reduced (1 mark)
(ii) White light source is used in place of monochromatic source. (1 mark)
17. (a) In figure 15 below, a sharp pin is fixed on a cap of a leaf of electroscope. The electroscope is highly charged and then
left for
some time.
Fig. 15 Sharp pin
Charged electroscope
State and explain the observation made after sometime. (2marks)

(b) Four capacitors were connected in a circuit as shown in figure 16. The switch is then closed.

3V 232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
2μF 2μF
Fig 16 3μF 3μ F
Determine ;
(i) The effective capacitance (3 marks)
(ii) The total charge (3 marks)
(iii) The energy stored in the combination when the switch is closed. (3 marks)
(c) Figure 17 below shows a pair of parallel plates of capacitors connected to a battery. The upper plate is displaced slightly to
the left.
Fig. 17
+
d
-
Suggest two adjustments that can be made so as to reduce the effective capacitance. (2 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KEIYO SOUTH JOINT EXAMINATIONS (KESO) 2016
232/3
PHYSICS PAPER 3
CONFIDENTIAL
QUESTION 1
Each candidate requires the following:
 One complete retort stand.
 An optical pin.
 A bare copper wire, 15cm long and 1.2mm in diameter.
 A protractor.
 Two pieces of plasticine (about 10g each)
 Rubber (cork) stopper to fit a conical flask.
 A stopwatch
 A vernier caliper.
 A beam balance.
QUESTION 2
Each candidate requires the following:
 One 10 carbon resistor labeled R.
 A nichrome wire, 100cm long labeled W mounted on millimeter scale (SWG 32) labeled AB.
 One new size D dry cell and a cell holder.
 One jockey.
 One centre zero galvanometer.
 Eight connecting wires, four with crocodile clips at both ends.
 A micrometer screw gauge.
 A switch.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KEIYO SOUTH JOINT EXAMINATION 2016
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
SECTION A (25MKS)
1. 0.5 + (5 x 0.01) = 0.55cm 
2. (i) I, III, II 
(ii) Position of centre of gravity. 
3. Pg = Pa + Pw + Pm , 
= Pa + hpa(w) + phg(w) ½
= 1.05 x 105 + 0.25x 1000 x 10 + 0.1 x 13600 x 10
121100NMˉ² 
4. Lower than A. 
At A there is higher velocity and therefore lower pressure.
5. (a) Making the capillary bore more narrower. (1/2)
(b) Making the bulb thinner. (1/2)
6. upthrust is equal to the weight of the balloon
7. Density of mixture = Max of mixture
Volume of mixture
Total volume = 180 + 2200 = 4000cm³
Mass of fresh water = x V = 1000 x 1800 = 1.8kg
1000,000
Mass sea water x V = 2025 x 2200 = 2.255kg
1000,000
Total mass = 1.8 + 2.255
= 4.055kg
Density of mixture = Total mass of mixture

Total volume mixture
= 4.055
4000 x 10ˉ6
= 1012.75kg/m³ or 1.013g/cm³
8. Speed of molecules increase/ k.e increase/molecules move fast
9. Glass is a poor conductor of heat, uneven/unequal distribution of heat causes cracking
(do not accept for non uniform distribution of heat)
10 - Density 
- Temperature 
11. Taking moments about the pivot point P
Sum of clockwise moment = W x 20 + 0.5 x 40
Sum of anticlockwise moment = 4.8 x 20
20W + 20 = 96
20W = 76
W = 3.8N
L 150
12. M.A = = = 1.5
E 100
MA 1.5
Eff = x 100 = x 100 = 75%
VR 2
SECTION 3 (55MKS)
13. (i) arrow horizontal line and straight line at point C
(ii) potential energy/ potential/ P.E
b) i) P.E= K.E
Mgh= ½ mv2
V=√2x10x0.1 =(√2)
V = 1.41m/s
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
2
ii) t = mv /r +mg
= 0.005/8x2+0.005x10
=0.0625 N
(c) The total mass is the sum of the masses of the individual bodies
The bodies end up with a common velocity
1 2
(d) At the bottom of fall mv = mgh
2
V = √ 2 gh = √ 4 kg x 10 Nkg−1 x 5 M
= 14.14ms-1
Momentum before collision = mv
= 4kg x 14.14ms-1 = 56.57 kgms-1
Momentum after collision
= (m + m1)v1 = 10kg x v1
Momentum before collision = momentum after collision
56.57kgms-1 = 10kg x v1
v1 = 5.657ms-1
14. (a) The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a given mass of a material by one Kelvin.
(b) (i) C = Q

Q = C
= 40 x (34-25)
= 40 x 9 = 360J
(ii) MwCwD = (0.1 x 9 x 4200) = 3780J
(iii) Heat lost = heat gained by calorimeter + heat gained by water
= 3780 + 360 = 4140J or 4.14KJ
(c) 150 x Cm x  = 4140
1000
0.15 x (100 – 34) Cm = 4140
9.9C = 4140
Cm = 4140 = 48.18JKg-1K-1
9.9
(d)
Boiling Evaporation
- Temperature is constant - Temperature can vary
- Affected by impurities and pressure - Not affected with impurities
- vigorous with bubbles - not vigorous, no bubbles
- takes place in the whole liquid - takes place at the surface
14. (a) For a helical spring or other elastic material, the extension is directly proportional to stretching force
provided the elastic limit is not exceeded.
(b) 21.5 ± 0.1Nm-1
(c) - Diameter of spring √1mk
- Length of spring √1mk
- Thickness of the wire coiled to make the spring √1mk
- Material used to make the spring
(d) (i) e = f/k = 3.0/20 √1mk = 0.15m √1mk
3.2
(ii) e = /25√1mk = 0.128m √1mk
15. (a) It is the number of times a substance is denser than an equal amount of water
(b) (i) Weight = mass x gravity weight of water displaced
p=M
V
M =pxV
= (800 x 12 x 0.06)
W = Mg = 576Kg x 10 = 5760N
(ii) Uptrhust = Weight of liquid displaced

= p2 x V l x g
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
3
= 1.03 x 10 x 0.06 x 4 x 10
= 2472 N
(iii) 5760 – 2472
= 3288N
c. (i) (W2 – W3)
(ii) R.d = weight of cork in air

Weight of equal vol. of water
= W2 – W1
W2 – W3
16 Angular velocity is the change in angular displacement per unit time (rate of change of angular displacement
with time) while linear velocity is change in linear displacement with time (rate of change of linear
displacement with time ) ; 1
b) (i) θ=s/r=0.05 ALT
0.2 =0.25rad; a= θ , θ = s ; both
A= θ t r
t =0.25 a = s = 0.05 ; 3
15; fors rt 0.2x 15
=0.01667rads -1 ANS a=0.01667rads-1
(ii) a = v = v rw
r
= 0.2 x 0.01667 ; formula or substitution 2
= 0.00334 m/s ; ANS ( 3.334 x 10-3 ms-1)
(iii) a = 2nf = f = a
2II ; formula or substitution
= 0.01667
2x3 .142
= 2.653 x 10-3 Hz; Ans 2
(i) The direction of motion of the ball changes continuously/ velocity changes in direction throughout; 1

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KEIYO SOUTH SUB-COUNTY SECONDARY SCHOOLS MOCK 2016-(KESO)
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
D
1.
Y 108°
42°
48° 30°
42° 48°
C 60°
60°
X
E
- Correct direction of two reflected rays

- Final angle of reflection = 60o
2. It has a higher electromotive force.
Cheaper. Any one;
3. (a) The balance reading decreases;
(b) This is due to force of attraction between the charged rods (unlike charges);
4.
ReducIng strength from A ;
Increasing strength towards B ;
Deny 1mark if graph touches horizontal axis
Magnetic
field
strength
O Distance B
A
5. Increases speed of sound in air ; due to decrease in its density.
6.
Both rays correctly reflected;
F
C
Both rays correctly reflected ;Diminished image at F;

Diminished image at F ;
V 2t
7. H= R
12)2 x1 x60 s
= 20 Ω
= 432 joules ;
8. (a) Lamp B ;
(b) B and C ;
9. (a) no change in frequency ;
(b) Wave length decreases;
(c) Velocity of the wave decreases;
10. (a) Radio wave, microwaves, infrared, red light, yellow light, x-ray.
(b) - Cooking/ Heating/ Drying.
- Warming greenhouses in Agriculture.
- Infrared photography.
- Heat-seeking missiles.
11. Every magnetic material consist of tiny particles known as dipoles ; magnetization involves aligning the diploles to face
one direction ; When all diploes face one direction, no further magnetization can be added;(magnetic saturation).-
(wwtte)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
12.
SECTION B
13. (a)Liquid B has a higher refractive index than liquid A ; hence refracts the light more as it enters air ; its vise versa for
liquid A
(i)
 there is change in optical density of medium
 change in velocity of light as it moves from water to air
sin r
(ii) 1.35=
sin 37.5
sin r =1.35 sin37.5
r ¿ 55.2680
1
(iii) n=
sin C
1
1.35=
sinC
1
sin C=
1.35
C = 47.7950
(iv) The critical angle of water has been exceeded
b)
white ray
screen
14. (a)
Each correctly drawn ray ;

(b) I -Crystalline lens has a short focal length ;

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
- The eye ball is too long; Any one ;
II Diverging lens / concave lens ;
c) 1 1 1
+ =
u v f
;
1 1 1 3
= − =
v 50 80 400 ;
400
v=
3
u =80 +60 =140
1 9
=
v 700 ;
700
v=
9
length of image =
400 700
− ;
3 9
=55 . 56 mm
Δm
Gradient = ΔV ;
2. 0−1. 0
= 30−20 ;
1
= 10 ;
V
−1
From the equation m = f
1
Gradient = f
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1 1
=
Hence f 10 and f = 10cm ;
15. (a) i) Does not obey ; Graph is non-linear and does pass through the
Origin ;
ii) When I = 1.0A , V = 2.0V
V
R= I
2. 0
= 1. 0
= 2.0Ω ;
iii) Resistance reduces ;
(b) (i) 1.5V ;
(ii) 1.3V
V
(iii) R= I
1. 3 V
= 0 .5 A
;
= 2.6Ω ;
16. (a) (i) Compression - particles of air are clear than normal creating a region of high pressure
Rarefaction - Particles of air are further apart than normal creating a region of low pressure;
(ii) Length occupied by one compression and rarefaction
v 330
(iii)
f= = =825 Hz
λ 0.4
(b) (i) monochromatic source is a source of light that produces only on colour of light 
(ii) To act as two sources of light which are coherent 1
(iii) Bright bands and dark bands are observed1
(c) (i) The band separation also reduce
(ii) Coloured bands (spectrum of white light/rainbow colours) are observe
17. (a) The leaf falls ¹; the sharp pin discharges the electroscope by concentration of charges at sharp points.
(Charges concentrate at a sharp points causing discharge).
(b) (i) Series 1/CS1 = 1/C1 + 1/C2 1/CS2 = 1/C1 + 1/C2
1 1 1 1
+ +
=2 2 = 3 3
3
CS = 1 µF; CS2 = 2 µF ;
Parallel CT = C1 + C2
= 1 + 1.5
= 2.5 µF;
(ii) Q = CV;
= 2.5 X10-6F X 3.0V;
= 7.5 X 10-6C;
1
(iii) W = 2 CV2
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1
= 2 X 7.5X10-6 µFX (3.0V)2
= 3.375X10-5Joules.
c) Reducing the area of plates.
Increasing the distance d (separation distance)
KUWED JOINT EXAMINATION COUNCIL

232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
(THEORY)
JULY/AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS.
SECTION A (25 MARKS)
1. State the name of the instrument used to take the following readings;
(i) 10 kg (1 mark)
(ii) 0.00245m (1 mark)
2. A micrometer screw gauge which had an error of +0.02mm was used to measure the diameter of a spherical marble. If the
actual diameter was 3.67mm, draw a micrometer screw gauge showing its reading. (2 marks)
3. Fifty drops of oil have a volume of 1.0cm 3. If a drop of oil forms an oil patch of diameter 20cm, determine the size of the oil
molecule. (2 marks)
4. (a) A gun when fired the firer experiences equal backward recoil, explain. (1 mark)
(b) A man whose mass is 80kg stands on weighing machine. When the lift ascends with an acceleration of 2.45m/m 2, what is
the reading on the scale? (2 marks)
5. The figure below shows a sketch graph of velocity-time graph for a body falling through a liquid. Explain the motion of the
motion between.
Ve
loc C D
ity B
(m/
s)
A Velocity (m/s)
(a) B and C (1 mark)

(b) A and B (1 mark)
(c) C and D (1 mark)
6. In a faulty mercury-in-glass thermometer it was found that the mercury level stands at 2 cm mark in the tube at 0 0C and 20cm
when in steam above boiling point water at normal atmospheric pressure. Calculate the temperature when the mercury stands
at 13cm mark. (2 marks)
7. A balloon with argon gas of volume 199cm 3 at the earth’s surface where the temperature is 21 0C, and the pressure 760mm of
mercury. If it is allowed to ascend to a height where the temperature is 2 0C and the pressure 100mm of mercury, calculate the
volume of the balloon. (2 marks)
8. (a) The spiral springs shows in the figure below are identical. Each spring has a spring constant K = 200N/m. Each rod
weighs 0.1N and each spring weigh 0.1N.
150N
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Determine the total extension caused by the 150N weight. (2 marks)

(b) Apart from length of the spring and nature of material, state one other factor affecting the spring constant. (1 mark)
9. The figure below shows a cuboid in two positions. Explain how the stability of the cuboid changes when it is changed from
position ‘a’ to ‘b’. (2 marks)
(a) (b)
10. (a) How does the area of support affect the stability of a body? (1 mark)
(b) The figure below shows a uniform rod AE which is 40cm long. It has a mass of 2kg and pivoted at D. If 2N is acting at
point
E, and 30N force is passed through a frictionless pulley.
10cm 10cm
A E
D
X 2N
Find the force X acting at end A. (3 marks)
Attempt all the questions in this section
11. (a) Sketch a block and tackle pulley with three movable pulleys in the lower block and two fixed pulleys in the upper block,
to give a velocity ratio of 6. (3 marks)
Find:
(i) An effort of 450N is used to raise a load of 2700N. Determine:
 Mechanical advantage (M.A) (2 marks)
 Efficiency of the pulley system. (2 marks)
(ii) If all the wasted energy is used to raise the lower block and the frictional force between pulleys and moving parts is
3.6N; determine the weight of the lower block. (2 marks)
(c) If the load moved through a distance of 50cm, determine the useful work done by the effort. (3 marks)
(d) James applied a force of 400N in pushing a stationery wall. If he took one hour to push the wall, calculate the power
developed. (1 mark)
12. (a) The figure below shows dots which were made by a ticker timer – tape attached to a trolley. The trolley was moving in
the direction shown.
A B C
If the frequency used was 60Hz, distance AB = 12cm and BC = 7.2cm, determine
(i) The velocities between AB and BC (2 marks)
(ii) The acceleration of the trolley. (2 marks)
(b) An object is projected horizontally with a velocity of 40m/s at the top of a cliff 100m from the ground. (Take g = 10m/s 2)
(i) Calculate the time taken for the object to hit the ground (3 marks)
(ii) What is the range of the object from the foot of the cliff (2 marks)
(b) State two assumptions that were made when deriving the equation of continuity? (2 marks)
13. (a) A ship made of steel is able to float while a steel rod sinks explain. (1 mark)
(b) A block of length 50cm, cross-sectional area of 5cm2 and density 1.4g/cm3 is completely immersed in a liquid of density
1.08g/cm3 find
(i) the mass of the block (2 marks)
(ii) the weight of the block in the liquid. (2 marks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(iii) the apparent loss in weight of the block if three quarter of it is immersed in the liquid. (2 marks)
14. (a) Define specific latent heat of fusion (1 mark)
(b) Given the following. A filter funnel, a thermometer, a stop watch, ice at 00C, an immersion heater rated P watts, a beaker,
a stand, boss and clamp and weighing machine.Describe an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.
Clearly state the measurements to be made. (4 marks)
(c) 200g of ice at 00C is added to 400g water in a well lagged calorimeter of mass 40g. The initial temperature of the water
was 400C. If the final temperature of the mixture is X0C, (Specific latent of fusion of ice L = 3.36 x 105JKg-1, specific heat
capacity of water, c = 4200Jkg-1K-1, specific heat capacity
of copper = 400Jkg-1K-1)
(i) Derive an expression for the amount of heat gained by ice to melt it and raise its temperature to X 0C (2 marks)
(ii) Derive an expression for the amount of heat lost by the calorimeter and its content when their temperature falls to X 0C.
(2 marks)
(iii) Determine the value of X. (3 marks)
15. (a) The moon goes round the earth at constant speed. Explain why it is true to say that the moon is accelerating. (1 mark)
(b) A string of negligible mass has a bucket tied at the end. The string is 60cm long and the bucket has a
mass of 45g. The bucket is swung horizontally making 6 revolutions per second. Calculate:
(i) The angular velocity. (1 mark)
(ii) The centripetal acceleration. (2 marks)
(iii) The tension on the string. (2 marks)
(iv) The linear velocity. (1 mark)
(c) Figure 6 shows of mass m = 200g attached to the centre of a rotating table with a string. The radius of the spring was
varied and different values of angular velocity recorded. The mass of the body remained constant throughout the experiment.
String
Figure 6
The results obtained for angular velocity and radius were used to plot the following graph.
From the above graph;

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Calculate the value of the slope. (2 marks)

1 2 p 1
(ii) If ω 2 and are related by the equation; ω = x , find the value of P. (2
r r m
marks)
(iii) State the significance of P. (1 mark)
KUWED JOINT EXAMINATION COUNCIL

232/2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
JULY/AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS.
1. State one difference between an image formed by a pinhole camera and the viewed through a magnifying glass. (1
mark)
2. Distinguish between longitudinal and transverse waves giving one example of each. (3
marks)
3. An electric immersion heater rated 240V, 3kW is to be connected to a 240V mains supply, using a 10A fuse. Showing your
working, state whether the fuse is suitable or not for circuit. (3
marks)
4. Complete the following table (2
marks)
Radiation Source Detector Application
Radio Communication
Hot body Drying clothes
5. State one defect of a simple cell and explain how it can be minimized. (2
marks)
6. A wire of resistance 27 ohms is cut into three equal lengths. If the three wires are connected in parallel, what is the effective
resistance? (2
marks)
7. A ray of light makes an angle of 350 with the glass surface. Calculate the total distance the ray covers through a glass of
refractive index 1.45, given that the width of the glass is 6cm.
(3 marks)
8. State one application of each the following mirrors. (2
marks)
(i) Convex mirror
(ii) Parabolic reflector
9. Below is radioactive decay.
232 K 228 gamma y
A B C
90 88 x
(i) Identify radiation K (1 mark)
(ii) Determine the values of x and y (2marks)
10. Explain briefly how a p-type semiconductor is made. (1 mark)
11. Figure 1 represents a displacement – time graph for a wave.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Determine the frequency of the wave. (3 marks)

12. (a) The two free ends of a coil are connected to a center – zero galvanometer. When the north pole of magnet is moved
towards the coil, the pointer deflects in the direction shown in figure 2.
Figure 2
State with a reason the behaviour of the pointer inn the following cases:
(i) The north pole of the magnet is held stationary near P. (2 marks)
(ii) The north pole of the magnet is made to approach the coil from end Q (2 marks)
(b) State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction. (1 mark)
(c) A transformer supplies 12V when it is connected to 240V supply of electricity. The output of the transformer is
connected to 12V 36W bulb. The current drawn from the supply by the transformer is 0.5A. Calculate:
(i) the input power of the transformer. (3 marks)
(ii) the current drawn from the transformer. (3 marks)
(iii) The output power of the transformer. (1 mark)
(iv) the efficiency of the transformer (3 marks)
13. (a) Draw the electric field pattern in figure 3 (3 marks)
Figure 3 +
+
(b) Figure 4 shows a system of capacitors connected to 100V supply.
Figure 4
Determine:
(i) the value of a capacitor for the whole circuit system. (3 marks)
(ii) the charge through the 6F capacitor. (3 marks)
(iii) the p.d across of the 8F capacitor. (4 marks)
(c) State two factors that affect the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor. (2 marks)
14. (a) Figures 5(a) and 5(b) shows ultra violet radiation striking polished zinc plates placed on negatively and positively
charged
gold leaf electroscopes respectively.
Explain why the leaf collapses in fig (a) but does not collapse in fig (b) (4 marks)
(b) (i) State two factors which determine the speed of photoelectrons emitted from a metal surface. (2 marks)
(ii) In an experiment using a photocell, u.v. light of varying frequency but constant intensity was made to strike a metal
surface. The maximum kinetic energy (K. E. max) of photoelectrons for each frequency, f, was measured.
The graph in figure 6 shows K.E.max varies with f.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Given K.Emax = hf - ∅ , from the graph, determine the values of:

(a) The h (planks constant) (3 marks)
(b) The ∅ from the graph. (3
marks)
(c) Light of frequency 5.5 x 10 14 Hz is made to strike a surface whose work function is 2.5Ev. Show that photoelectric effect will
not take place. (Use the values of h from (b) above.
(Take e = 1.6 x 10-19C) (3 marks)
15. (a) You are provided with a 12V a.c. source, four diodes and a resistor.
(i) Draw a circuit diagram for full wave rectifier and show the points at which the output is taken. (5 marks)
(ii) Sketch a graph of voltage against time before rectification. (1 mark)
(iii) Sketch a voltage – time graph after rectification. (1mark)
(iv) Sketch a voltage – time graph after rectification with a capacitor connected across the resistor in (i) (1 mark)
(b) A radioactive sample of half life 130 days initially has 1.0 x 1020 radioactive atoms. Determine
the number of radioactive atoms that would have decayed after 390 days. (3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KUWED JOINT EVALUATION TEST 2016
PHYSICS PAPER 232/3
PRACTICAL
CONFIDENTIAL
Question 1
The apparatus required by each candidate are
 One jockey/ or crocodile clip
 Two new dry cells (size D)
 An ammeter 0 – 1A
 A voltimeter 0 – 5A
 One cell holder (2 cells)
 One switch
 Six connecting wires, at least three with crocodile clips at one end
 Nichrome wire of gauge SWG 32 mounted on a meter rule
Question 2
 Metre rule
 A candle
 A metre rule
 White screen
 Lens holder
 Biconvex lens of focal length 20cm
 Match box (to be shared)
 On 100g mass labelled R.
 10g masses
 Three 15 cm long thread
 One complete retort stand
 Cellotape
 Weighing balance C to be shared

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KURIA WEST SUB-COUNTY JOINT EXAMINATION COUNCIL 2016
232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
PRACTICAL
JULY/AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2½ HOURS.
1. You are provided with the following
 One jockey or crocodile clip
 Two new dry cells (size D)
 An ammeter 0 – 1A
 A voltimeter 0 – 5V
 A cell holder
 Switch, S
 Six connecting wires atleast three with crocodile clips at one end.
 A resistance wire mounted on a mm scale
(a) Proceed as follows
Set up the circuit as show in fig. 1 below.
Figure 1
S
A
A L
B Resistance wire
(b) Close the switch and place the jockey in contact with the resistance wire such that the length, L of the wire = 0.10m.
Measure and record the current, I, through the wire AB and the potential difference, pd, V across it. Record your results
in table 1 below.
L (m) 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9
p.d V
I (A)
V
R= ()
I
(A-1)
(7 marks)
(c) Repeat procedure (b) above for the other values of L given in the table 1 above. Read and record the corresponding
values of I and V in table 1 above.
1
(d) Plot a graph of against R. (5 marks)
I
(e) Determine the slope, S of your graph (3 marks)
1 R r
(f) Given that = + , determine the value of
I E E
(i) E (3 marks)
(ii) (2 marks)
PART 2
2. You are provided with the following:
 A candle
 Metre rule
 White screen
 Lens holder
 Convex lens
 Match box (To be shared)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Proceed as follows
(a) Place the lens on a metre rule. Arrange the set up as shown below fig 2.
u v
Lens White screen
Flame
Candle
Lens holder
Metre rule
Figure 2
(b) Adjust the position of the lens so that it is a distance u = 30cm from the candle. Adjust the position of the screen until a well
focused image of the flame is formed on the screen.
Measure and record in the table 2, the image distance v, between the screen and lens.
(c) Repeat part (b) for other values of (u) shown in the table 2 and complete the table.
u (cm) 30 35 40
v (cm)
v
x=
u
v
y= (cm)
( x +1)
(2 marks)
(d) Determine the mean value of y (1 mark)
PART B
You are provided with the following:
 Metre rule
 Three 15cm long thread
 Cellotape (To be shared)
 Complete retort stand.
 Weighing balance
 Masses
(e) Arrange the apparatus as shown in fig. 3
Clamp
Retort stand Thread T
1cm L1 L2
Metre rule
M R
Adjust the metre rule until it balances horizontally when there is no mass hanged on it. Record the position of the centre of
gravity (c.o.g)
Centre of gravity, C ____________________ cm mark. (1 mark)
(f) Fixed mass R at the end of the metre rule using a cellotape. This mass should remain fixed through the experiment.
(g) Hang 10g mass m on the metre by use of the thread at 1cm mark. Adjust thread T until the metre rule balances again at a new
mark. Record the length L1 and the corresponding L2 in the table 3 below.
(h) Repeat the procedure (h) for the other masses as in the table 3 below.
Mass m (g) 10 20 30 40 50 60
Weight of m w (n)
L1 (cm)
L2 cm

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
y = (c – L2)p (kgcm)
x = L2 – WL1
(i) Measure the mass of the metre rule.

Mass of metre rule (p) _________________ kg (1 mark)
(j) Plot a graph of y against x (5 marks)
(k) Calculate the slope S of the graph. (3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KUWED EXAMINATION COUNCIL 2016

PHYSICS PAPER 232/1
PAPER 1
MARKING SCHEME
1. (i) Beam balance (1 mark)
(ii) Micrometer screw gauge (1 mark)
2. Reading = 3.67
0.02 (1 mk)
3.69
1.0
3. Volume of one drop = = 0.02cm3  1mk
50
V=Axh
V = π r2 x h
22
V ]= x 10 x 10 x h
7
7 x 0.02 x 1
h=
22 x 10 x 10
h = 6.3336cm  1mk
4. (a) This is due to Newton’s third Law of motion. The gun exerts an equal backward force the person
holding it. (Action and reaction forces are equal and act in opposite directions.
(b) Reading = m (g + a)  1mk
= 80 (10 + 2.45)
= 996.0N  1mk
5. (a) The body moves with a decreasing acceleration.  1mk
(b) The body moves with constant velocity/the body has zero acceleration.  1mk
6. 100 20
x 13
0 2
20−12 20−2
=  1mk
100−x 100−0
8 18
=
100−x 100
800 = 1800 – 18x
18x = 1000
x = 55.560C  1mk
7. V1 = 199
Tt = 294
P1 = 76mHg
T2 = 275
P2 = 100mHg
P1V 1 P2V 2
=  1mk
T1 T2
199 x 760 100 x V 2
=
294 275
V2 = 1414.65cm3  1mk
8. (a) F = Ke
F
e1=
K
150.4
=0.2507 m  1mk
200 x 3

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
150.1
e2 = = 0.3753m
200 x 2
Total e = e1 + e2 = 0.62597m  1mk
(b)  Thickness of the wire
 Number of turns per unit length
 Diameter of the spring
Any one  1mk
9.  The stability increases  1mk
 The centre of gravity position is lowered closer to the ground.  1mk
10. (a)  The stability increases with increase in area of support. Or
 Decrease in area reduces the stability of the body 
(b) F1d1 = F2d2 (clockwise movement equals to anticlockwise movements)  1mk
(x x
30
100
+ 2x( 10
100 )(
= 30 x
20
100
+(2+) 10
100
)  1mk
0.3x = (6.2 – 2)
x = 14N  1mk
11. (a)
Load
 Correct strings flow  1 mk
 Labeling of load and effort  1 mk
 Workability  1 mk
Load 2700
(i)  M.A. = = =6 2 mks
Effort 450
MA
E = x 100  1 mk
VR
6
x 100=100 %  1 mk
6
(ii) Frictional force + wasted effort = Weight of lower block
= 3.6 + 0 = 3.6N
The machine is 100% efficient.
No wasted effort
(c) Loud x Load distance = 2700 x 0.5 = 1350J
Work done F x d 400 x 0
(d) Power = = =
Time t 3600
= 0J
1 1
12. (a) (i) T = = =0.0167 s
f 60
VAB =
12  1 mk
¿¿
7.2
VBe = =86.227 cm/s  1 mk
(0.0167 x 5)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
V AB – V Bc
(ii) Ace =
Total time
239.5−86.227
 1 mk
(4 x 0.0167)
153.273
=
0.0668
= 2294.51cm/s2  1 mk
(b) (i) V = u + at; S = ut + ½ at2, g = 10  1 mk
100 = 0 + ½ x 10 x t2  1 mk
t2 = 20
t = √ 20
t = 4.472s  1 mk
(ii) Range = V x time  1 mk
= 40 x 4.472
= 178.885m
(c)  The fluid in non-viscouse  1 mk
 The fluid is incompressible  1 mk
 The flow is steady/streamlined  1 mk Any 2
13. (a) The ship displaces a large amount of weight of the fluid since it is hollow while the rod is not hollow therefore displaces
with weight of the fluid.  1 mk
(b) (i) V = Ah = 5 x 50 = 250cm3  1 mk
m = f x v = 250 x 1.4 = 350g – 0.35kg  1 mk
(ii) Weight = mg (g = 10Nkg-1)  1 mk
= 0.35 x 10 = 3.5N
250
U = Pvg = 1080 x x 10=2.7 N
1000000
Weight fluid = 3.5 – 2.7 = 0.8N
(iii) Volume displaced = 50 x 5 x ¾ = 187.5cm3
187.5 x 1080 x 10
Weight fluid = = 2.025N up thrust  1 mk
1000000
Apparent loss = 3.5 – 2.025 = 1.475N  1 mk
14. (a) Quantity of heat required to convert a unit mass of a solid to a liquid at constant temperature.  1 mk
(b) - Weigh the empty beaker
- Switch the heater on for a time t collect melted ice and record the mass m 1
- Mass of melted ice = m1 – m0
- The quantity of heat = (m1 – m0)L = Pt
Pt
L=
m1−m0
Stop clock
Ice
Melted ice
Beam balance
(c) (i) Q = ml + Mc    1mk
200 5 200
=( x 2.36 x 10 ¿+ x 4200 x( X−0)
1000 100
= 6.72 x 104 + 420X  1mk
(ii) Q = McCc + MωCω ∆ θ
40 400
= x 4 x ( 40−x ) + x 4200 ( 40−x )
1000 1000
= 640 – 16x + 67200 – 1980x = 67840 – 1696x
(iii) Heat gained = Heat lost  1mk
67200 + 420x = 67840 – 1696x
2116x = 640  1mk
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
x = 0.293 C  1mk
0
15. (a) The direction of velocity of the moon keeps on changing due to the changes in direction moon as it revolves around the
earth.
(b) (i) ω = 2 πf  1mk = 2 x 3.142 x 6 = 37.704 rad/s  1mk
2
v =r 2
(ii) a = ω 1 mk = 37.7042 x 0.6 = 852.955m/s2  1mk
r
(iii) T = Fc = mrw2  1mk
= 0.045 x 0.6 x (37.704)2 = 38.38N  1mk
(iv) v = wr = 0.6 x 37.704  1mk = 22.62m/s
∆Y 90−30 60
(c) (i) Slope = = 1mk= −2 = 2000N/kg  1mk
∆ X ( 4.5−1.5 ) x 10 −2
3 x 10
P
(ii) =Slope=P=m x 2000  1mk
m
= 0.2 x 2000 = 400N  1mk
(iii) Centripetal force  1mk

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
PHYSICS PAPER 232/2
PAPER 2
MARKING SCHEME
1. - In a pinhole camera, the image is real while for a magnifying glass the image is virtual.
- In a pinhole camera, the image is inverted while for a magnifying glass the image is upright.
2.
Longitudinal waves Transverse waves
Particles of the medium vibrate in a parallel direction to that Particles of the medium vibrate in a perpendicular direction
of the waves e.g. sound waves/seismic waves to that of the wave e.g. water waves, light waves/radio waves
P 3000 W
3. I= = =12.5 A 1 mk
V 240 V
Fuse not suitable 1 mk
4. Radio – resonating LRC circuit ½ mk – radio receiver ½ mk
Infra – red ½ mk ……………………… thermometer with blackened bulb ½ mk
5. – Polirisation 1 mk add a depolarizer 1 mk / potassium or dichromate to the acid.
- Local action 1 mk – coating zinc plate with mercury 1 mk
1 1 1 1 3
6. = + + = 1 mk
R 9 9 9 9
9
R = =3
3
sin i
7. =1.45
sin r
sin 55
= 1.45
sin r
r = 34.401 mk
6
Cos 34.40 = 1 mk
d
d = 7.27cm2 1 mk
8. – Convex mirror – driving mirror 1 mk /Security checks in supermarkets and vehicle parking yards
- Parabolic reflectors – flood lights and car reflector 1 mk
9. (i) Alpha (α ) particle/helium atom 1 mk
X = 88 1 mk
Y = 228 1 mk
10. An intrinsic semi conductor is doped with a trivalent. (valency 3 element) 1 mk
11. T = 30 – 10 = 20 X 10-3 sec 1 mk
1 1
f= = =50 Hz 1 mk
T 20 x 10−3
SECTION B
12. (a) (i) No effect on the galvanometer 1 mk - No change in magnetic flux linkage.
(ii) The pointer deflects 1 mk in the opposite direction – There is change in magnetic flux linkage.  1 mk
(b) The magnitude of induced e.m.f is directly proportional to the rate of change of magnetic flux.  1 mk
(c) (i) Input power = Ip x Vp 1 mk = 0.5 x 240  1 mk = 120W  1 mk
P 36
(ii) I =  1 mk =  1 mk = 3A
V 12
(iii) 36W
Power output 36
(iv) Efficiency = x 100% = x 100  1 mk = 30% 1 mk
Power input 120
13. (a) 2 – Direction  1 mk
+ Pattern at least 3 lines  1 mk
+
+
+
+
+

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) 4 + 8 = 12F  1 mk
1 1 1 3
= + =  1 mk
CT 12 6 12
12
CT = = 4F  1 mk
3
(ii) Q = CTV = 4 x 100 = 400C or = 4 x 10-4C.
Q 400
(iii) p.d. across 6F capacitor, V1 = =  1 mk
C 6
= 66.67V  1 mk
p.d across 8F capacitor = (100 – 66.67)V  1 mk
= 33.33V  1 mk
(c) Area of overlap  1 mk
Distance between plates
Type of di-electric material between the plates.
14. (a) U.V light dislodges electrons from zinc plate.  1 mk
Electrons are repelled by the negatively charged electroscope.  1 mk
This lowers the excess charge on the leaf leading to collapse.
- In figure 5 (b) U.V light dislodges electrons from zinc plate. Positively charged electroscope re- attracts electrons and
keep the charge constant.
(b) (i) Frequency of incident light  1 mk Work function of the surface  1 mk
(ii) h = slope of the graph
= (10 – 2.0) x 10-19/2.6 – 1.4 x 1015
= 6.67 x 10-3JS (Range 6.4 – 6.8) x 10-34JS
Extrapolation
Reading off f0 = 1.07 x 1015Hz
Work function ∅ = hf0 = 6.67 x 10-34 x 1.07 x 1015
= 7.4 x 10-19J
−34 14
(6.67−10 x 5.5 x 10 )
(c) hf = = 2.29Ev
1.6 x 10−19
Since hf is less than ∅ , no photoelectric occur.
15. (a) (i) For all four diodes correctly drawn.

1

1
R 1
1
Output
v
(ii) For atleast 1 full cycle.
 1 mk
(iii) t
v
(iv) v t

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
t  1 mk
(b)
Time (days) Amount decayed Amount remaining
0 0 1.0 x 1020
130 0.5 x 1020 0.5 x 1020
260 0.75 x 1020 0.25 x 1020
390 0.875 x 1020 0.125 x 1020
Therefore 0.875 x 1020 would have decayed

or 8.75 x 1019  1 mk

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
PHYSICS PAPER 232/3
PAPER 3
MARKING SCHEME
1. (b)
L (m) 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9
p.d V 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.7 2.8
I (A) 0.38 0.22 0.16 0.12 0.10
V 7.11 11.82 15.63 22.50 28.00
R = ()
I
I-1(A-1) 2.63 4.55 6.25 8.33 10.00
(d)
8.3−4.4 3.9
(e) Slope = =
22.5−10 12.5
= 0.312V-1
1 1
(f) (i) E= =
Slope 0.312
= 3.205 voltsd
r
(ii) =Intercept vertical axis
E
1
r x =1.
E
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
r x 0.312 = 1.4
1.4
r=
0.312
= 4.57
2. Part A
(c)
u (cm) 30 35 40
v (cm) 60.0 46.7 40.0
v 2.50 1.33 1.00
x=
u
v 20.00 20.04 20.00
y= (cm)
( x +1)
20.00+20.04+ 20.00
(d) y=
3
= 20.01
≅ 20.0cm± 0.2
(f) C = 50cm  0.1
(g) K = 0.139kg
0.1217kg  K  0.152kg
(j)
Mass m (g) 10 20 30 40 50 60
Weight of m w (N) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
L1 (cm) 65.6 63.2 61.0 59.0 57.0 55.2
L2 cm 33.4 35.9 38.0 40.0 42.0 43.8
y = (c – L2)p (kgcm) 2.27 1.93 1.64 1.37 1.10 0.85
x = L2 – WL1 26.84 23.26 19.70 16.40 13.50 10.68
(k)
0.2−0
(l) Gradient = = 0.08
2.5−0
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
CENTRAL KENYA NATIONAL SCHOOLS JOINT MOCK - 2016
232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
SECTION A: (25 MARKS)
1. Figure 1 below shows a burette that was initially filled to 12ml with a liquid of density 0.8g/cm³.
Figure 1
The liquid is allowed to run out for some time. If the volume of liquid removed from the burette has a mass of 14g,
determine the final reading on the burette. (3mks)
2. If an umbrella is touched with a finger on inner surface when it is raining it allows the rain water to leak through. Give a
reason. (1mk)
3. A vacuum pump was used to pump out air from the glass tube immersed in liquids as shown below.
After sometime the level of water rose to position X. Mark Y the corresponding position for the paraffin level. Give a reason
for your answer. (2mks)
4. Explain the reason why a dropping dust particle in a still room does not trace a straight vertical path. (1mk)
5. Figure 2 shows a flask filled with water. The flask is fitted with a cork through which a tube is inserted. When the flask is
cooled, the water level rises slightly, and then falls steadily.
Explain this observation. (3mks)

6. Explain why copper is a better conductor of heat than iron. (1mk)
7. Two candles A and B of equal lengths and thickness are joined together and balanced horizontally as shown below. Candle A
is lit.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
State and explain what happens after a short time. (2mks)
8. A uniform metre rule is supported by force of 3N and 2N as shown in figure 3 below.
Determine the weight of the half metre rule. (3mks)

9. When a mass of 2kg is hang from a single spring, the spring extends by a distance  = 5cm. Determine the total extension in
the set up below given that the springs are identical and weightless. (2mks)
10. Trees planted along a busy road are observed to lean towards the road as they grow. Explain this observation. (2mks)
11. A particle starts from rest and accelerates uniformly in a straight line. After 3 seconds, it is at a distance of 9m from the
starting point. Determine the acceleration of the particle. (3mks)
12. Bubbles of gas escaping from the bottom of a fish pond rises to the surface. It is observed that as bubbles rise, they get larger.
SECTION B: (55 MARKS)
13. (a) State Newton’s second law of motion in terms of in momentum. (1mk)
(b) A trolley of mass 5kg travelling to the right at 2m/s collides heads on with another trolley of mass 3kg travelling at 4m/s
to the left. Find their velocity after collision if the collision is perfectly inelastic. (3mks)
(c) A bullet of mass 2g is fired with a velocity of 300m/s into a wooden block of mass 5kg suspended from a long string.
The bullet sticks into the wood and the two moves together.
(i) Find the velocity of the block and the bullet immediately after collision took place. (3mks)
(ii) Calculate the height to which both swings upwards. (3mks)
14. (a) State two factors that affect the efficiency of a pulley system. (2mks)
(b) Figure 5 below shows a pulley system with the load rising at uniform speed.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
From the information given, calculate:
(i) The velocity ratio of the machine. (1mk)
(ii) Mechanical advantage of the machine. (2mks)
(iii) Efficiency of the machine. (3mks)
(c) The handle of the screw-jack in figure 6 below is 42cm long and the pitch of the screw is 0.5cm.
(i) Calculate the V.R of the screw jack. (2mks)

(ii) Calculate the effort needed to lift the load of 1188N. (2mks)
15. (a) Explain why a drop of methylated spirit on the back of the hand feels colder than a drop of water at the same
temperature. (2mks)
(b) A block of metal of mass 150g at 100C is dropped into a lagged calorimeter of heat capacity 40J/k containing 100g of
water at 25C. The temperature of the mixture is 34C. (s.h.c of water = 4200J/kgK).
Determine:
(i) Heat gained by the calorimeter. (2mks)
(ii) Heat gained by water. (2mks)
(iii) Heat lost by the metal block. (2mks)
(iv) Specific heat capacity of the metal block. (3mks)
(c) A student heated some water and noticed that it boiled at 102ºC. State one possible reason for this observation.
(1mk)
16. (a) Define angular velocity. (1mk)
(b) A string of length 70cm is used to whirl a stone of mass 0.5kg in a circle of a vertical plane at 5 rev/s. Determine.
(i) The period. (2mks)
(ii) The angular velocity. (3mks)
(iii) The centripetal force. (3mks)
(c) (i) Explain why bodies in a circular motion undergo acceleration even when their speed is constant. (1mk)
(ii) The figure below shows a container with small holes at the bottom in which wet clothes have been put.
When the container is whirled in air at high speeds, it is observed that the clothes dry faster. Explain how the rotation of the
container causes the clothes to dry faster. (2mks)
17. (a) The diagram below shows a uniform metre rule at equilibrium during a cold morning. State and explain the effect on the
equilibrium when the weather becomes hot during the same day. (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) The diagram below shows a metallic metre rule at equilibrium. Study it and answer the questions that follow.
The spring had a constant of 25N/cm and stretched by 4mm at equilibrium. The 2kg mass was immersed halfway in the
water. Determine the following.
(i) Tension in the spring. (2mks)
(ii) Upthrust. (3mks)
(iii)Density of the 2kg mass. (Density of water = 1g/cm³). (3mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
232/2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. State the property of light associated with formation of shadows. (1mk)
2. Figure 1 below shows a negatively charged particle close to a positively charged plate.
Draw the electric field pattern. (2mks)

3. Figure 2 below shows two identical bulbs connected in two circuits. The cells are of the same e.m.f.
Compare the brightness of the bulbs in (a) and (b). (1mk)

4. Figure 3 below shows a block of copper placed between two poles of a magnet.
Sketch the magnetic field between the poles. (2mks)

5. Figure 4 below shows an object placed infront of a concave mirror.
Use rays to locate the position of the image. (3mks)

6. Figure 5 below shows a metre rule suspended by a thread such that it is in equilibrium balanced by a permanent magnet
attached to the metre rule and some weight.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
If the soft iron is fixed to the bench, state and explain the effect on the metre when the switch is closed. (2mks)
7. Figure 6 below shows a progressive wave incident from a shallow end to a deep end.
(a) Sketch the appearance of the wave in the deep region. (1mk)
(b) State the property of waves demonstrated in the figure above. (1mk)
8. A fathometer produces sound in a ship and receives two echo’s where there is a raised sea bed. One after 2.5 seconds and the
other after 3.0 seconds. Find the height of the raised sea bank if the velocity of sound in water is 1460m/s. (4mks)
9. Figure 6 below shows the path of light through a transparent material placed in air.
Calculate the refractive index of the transparent material. (3mks)
10. State the name of the eye defect corrected by convex lens. (1mk)
11. A heater of resistance R1 is rated P watts, V volts while another of resistance R2 is rated 2P watts, V/2 volts. Determine the
ratio R1 to R2. (3mks)
12. State one use of microwaves. (1mk)
13. Figure 7 below shows a diode D connected to a source of a.c current and a resistor.
E.m.f
Sketch in the axis below the output observed in the C.R.O.
14. (a) State ohms law. (1mk)

(b) Figure 8 below shows a large battery connected a resistor of 1000. The potential difference across the resistor is 50V.
Time(s)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
50V
Determine:
(i) The ammeter reading (A). (3mks)
(ii) The electrical energy dissipated by the resistor in one minute. (3mks)
(c) Figure 9 below shows some resistors connected in part of a circuit.
Determine the effective resistance. (3mks)

(d) Four 40w bulbs and six 100w bulbs were switched on for 2 hours in the morning and 3 hours at night each day for
domestic use in a certain institution. Find the monthly bill for the consumer given that the cost of electricity in the
country is at Sh.6.50 per unit. (Take one month to be of 30 days). (3mks)
15. (a) State two factors that affect capacitance of parallel plate capacitor. (2mks)
(b) Figure 10 below shows capacitors connected to 3v supply.
Calculate:
(i) The combined capacitance. (3mks)
(ii) The charged stored in the 2.4F capacitor. (3mks)
(iii) The charge stored in 2F capacitor. (2mks)
16. (a) State lenzes law of electromagnetic induction. (1mk)
(b) Figure 11 below show a magnet being pulled from a coil connected to a centre zero galvanometer.
(i)\State the observation made. (1mk)

(ii) Explain what would happen if the magnet was moved out faster. (1mk)
(iii)\Explain the observation in b(i) above. (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(c) (i) The turns ratio of primary to secondary coils in a 100% efficient transformer is 3: 1. Calculate the current through the
primary coil if the current in the secondary coil is 5A. (3mks)
(ii) State how the energy losses are minimized in a transformer.
I Eddy current. (1mk)
II Flux linkage. (1mk)
17. (a) Figure 12 below shows a cathode ray tube (C.R.O).
(i) Name the parts labelled A and B. (2mks)

(ii) What are the functions A and C? (2mks)
(iii) Explain how electrons are produced. (2mks)
(iv) Give a reason why the tube is evacuated. (1mk)
(b) State what determines the quality of X-rays in an X-rays tube. (1mk)
(c) State one use of X-rays in industry. (1mk)
(d) An X-ray tube operates with a p.d. of 200kv. Only 0.5% of the kinetic energy of the electrons is converted into X-rays.
Calculate the frequency of the X-rays produced, take planks constant = 6.63 x 10 -34Js. (3mks)
18. (a) Figure 13 below shows a diagram of a Geiger Muller tube connected to a power supply and a pulse counter.
(i) Why should the argon gas be at low pressure? (1mk)

(ii) State the purpose of the bromine gas in the tube. (1mk)
(iii) Suggest one way of increasing the sensitivity of the tube. (1mk)
(iv) Find the value of a and b in the following equation. (2mks)
234
92 U → ab X + 2α
(b) In an experiment using a photocell, ultraviolet light of varying frequency strikes a metal surface. The maximum kinetic
energy (K.E max) of photoelectrons for each frequency, f, is measured. The graph below shows how the maximum
kinetic energy varies with the frequency, f.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(a) Use the graph to determine:-

(i) Planck’s constant, h. (3mks)
(ii) Work function of the metal. (3mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
CENTRAL KENYA NATIONAL SCHOOLS JOINT MOCK – 2016

232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3 (PRACTICAL)
CONFIDENTIAL
Question 1A
Each candidate requires the following items.
1. Watch glass
2. Plasticine
3. Marbles.
4. Stopwatch.
5. Vernier calipers.
6. Electronic balance (to be shared).
Question 1B
1. Rectangular glass block.
2. Optical pins.
3. Soft board.
4. Protractor
5. 30cm ruler.
6. Plain paper.
7. Plane mirror
Question 2A
1. 250ml beakers.
2. Bunsen burner.
3. Thermometers.
4. Tripod stand and wire gauze.
5. Stopwatch
6. Measuring cylinder (100ml) and water.
Questions 2B
1. A boiling tube
2. Some dry sand.
3. Water in a measuring cylinder labelled L.
4. Vernier calipers.
5. Half metre rule.
6. Tissue paper.
7. Weighing machine (to be shared).

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
TIME: 2½ HOURS
Question 1 (PART A)
 A watch glass.
 A small piece of plasticine.
 A marble.
 A stopwatch.
 Vernier calipers.
 An electronic balance (to be shared).
(a) Measure the mass M of the marble.
M = …………………g (½mk)
(b) Place the watch glass flat on the table with a small piece of plasticine to fix it firmly to the table at the place it touches.
(c) Release the marble from one end of the watch glass and time 10 complete oscillations with a stop watch. Repeat this three
times.
(d) Record your values in table 1 below

Table 1
Time for 10 oscillations Periodic time T(s)
1
2
3 (2mks)
Find the average periodic time T.

T = …………………. s. (½mk)
(e) Measure the diameter of the marble with the vernier callipers and hence find its radius.
Diameter d = …………………….. m (½mk)
Radius r = ……………………… m (½mk
(f) Determine the volume (V) of the marble given that:
4 3
V= πr
3 (1mk)
(g) Calculate the radius of curvature of the watch glass R from the formula.
5 gT 2
R−r=
7 ( 2 π )2 (2mks)
Where g = 9.8m/s² and  = 3.142.
QUESTION 1 (PART B)
You are provided with the following apparatus:
 A rectangular glass block.
 Four optical pins.
 A soft board.
 A protractor.
 30cm ruler.
 2 white plain papers.
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
 A plane mirror.
 A vernier calipers (to be shared)
PROCEDURE
(a) Trace the outline of the glass block on the white paper.
(b) Draw a normal ON, 2cm from point X on side XY.
(c) Measure an angle (i) 10º from the normal.
(d) Place back the glass block on the outline and fix a plane mirror vertically along the length of the glass block on the opposite
side of XY using a cello tape as shown in the figure below.
(e) Fix two pins P1 and P2 as shown in the figure.

(f) By observing image of P1 and P2, locate two pins P3 and P4 such that they appear to be in line with images of P1 and P2.
(g) Remove the pins and the block. Join P3P4 and produce the line to meet line P1P2 produced
(h) Meause the perpendicular distance y.
(i) Repeat the same for angles of 15º, 20º, 25º, 30º, 35º and 40º and record the results in table 2 below.
(NB: The paper work must be submitted together with the question paper).
Table 2
Angle 10º 15º 20º 25º 30º 35º 40º
i
y(cm)
(4mks)
(j) Plot a graph of y(cm) against angle i. (5mks)
(i) Use the graph to determine yo the value of y when i = 0º
yo = ……………… cm (1mk)
(ii) Measure and record the breadth (b) of the glass block
b = ……………. Cm (1mk)
(iii) Determine the value of  given that
b
η=
yO (2mks)
Question 2 (PART A)
You are provided with the following:-
 A 250ml glass beaker.
 A Bunsen burner.
 A thermometer.
 A stopwatch.
 A Tripod stand and a wire qauze.
 A measuring cylinder 100ml.
 Water.
Set the apparatus as shown in figure below.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(a) Measure 100cm³ of water and pour it into the beaker. Take the initial temperature of the water.
To =……………… ºC. (1mk)
Now heat the water to a temperature of 75ºC. Switch off the gas tap and place a thermometer into the beaker and start the
stopwatch when the temperature is 65ºC. Take the temperature TºC of water every two minutes. Record your results in the
table 3 below.
Table 3
Time, t(minutes) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Temperature, T(ºC)
(T – To) (ºC)
Log (T – To) (5mks)
(b) Plot a graph of Log (T – To) against Time (t). (5mks)

(c) From the graph find the value of Q given that Q = log (T – To) when t = 0. (1mk)
(d) Determine P, where P is the antilog of Q. (1mk)
(e) Calculate the temperature of the surrounding TS using expression
P = 65 - TS. (2mks)
PART B
 A boiling tube.
 Some dry sand.
 A liquid in a measuring cylinder labelled L.
 Half metre rule.
 A vernier calipers (to be shared).
 A weighing machine (one per form).
 Tissue paper.
 A measuring cylinder.
Proceed as follows:
(f) Measure the length of the boiling tube.
h = ……………………. cm (½mk)
(g) Put a little amount of sand in the boiling tube and place it in the measuring cylinder which is almost filled with liquid L. Add
sand, little by little until the tube floats upright as shown in figure below.
Measure the length, d, of the boiling tube which is above the liquid.
d = …………… cm (½mk)
(h) Determine the length, t, of the boiling tube which is immersed in the liquid.
t = ………….. cm (½mk)
(i) Remove the boiling tube from the measuring cylinder, wipe it dry (on the outside) and measure its mass, m, including the
sand inside.
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
m = ………….. g (½mk)
(j) Measure the external diameter, D, of the boiling tube.
D = ………….. cm (½mk)
(k) Determine the external radius, R.
R = …………… cm (½mk)
(l) Using the formula m = 12R², determine  for the liquid. (2mks)

232/1 – PHYSICS PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
m 14 140
V= = = 17 .5cm3
1. = V 0 .8 8
14
0.8 =
V
Reading 12 + 17.5 = 29.5ml (3mks)
2. Touching breaks surface tension of the water. (1mk)
3. Paraffin less dense than water hence could occupy longer column to balance with pressure due to water column.
(2mks)
4. It is continuously knocked/bombarded/hit by the unseen air molecules/particles. (1mk)
5. Glass flask first contracts, decreasing in volume hence liquid rises. The liquid contracts at a faster rate than glass hence
reduction in its volume.
6. Copper has many free electrons for conductivity. (1mk)
7. Tips to the right. Mass of A become less hence clockwise moments become greater than anticlockwise moment.
(2mks)
8. F1d1 + F2d2 = F3D3

2 x 45 + 20w = 35 x 3
90 + 20w = 105
w = 0.75N (3mks)
9. ext = 5 + 2.5 + 5 = 12.5cm
10. As vehicles move along the road, air moves at higher velocity resulting to corresponding decrease in pressure, thus
atmospheric pressure become greater pushing the trees towards a low pressure zone.
11. s = ut + 1/2at²
9 = 0 x t + 1/2a3²
9 = + 9/2a²
a² = 2
a = 1.41m/s² (3mks)
12. Pressure acting on the gas bubble decreases as bubble rises. Volume increases (boyls law) pressure inside the bubble
increase as it rises. (2mks)
13. (a) The rate of change of momentum is directly proportional to the external resultant force and takes place in the direction of
force. (2mks)
(b) m1v1 + m2v2 = (m1 + m21)v
8v = 5 x 2 – 3 x 4
8v = 10 – 12
V = -2/8 = -0.25/m/s (3mks)
(c) (i) m1 = 2g v = 300m/s
m2 5kg v = 0
(ii)
14. (a) - Weight of moving pulleys.
- Friction. (2mks)
(b) (i) V.R. = 4 (1mk)
24 × 10
M. A = = 2.4
(ii) 10 × 10 (2mks)
2. 4
E= × 100 = 60%
(iii) 4 (3mks)
22
2× 7
× 42
V .R = = 528
(c) 0.5
1188 1
× × 100 = 50
Effort 528
1 100
E = 1188 × × = 4 .5 N
528 50 (3mks)
15. (a) Methylated spirit evaporates faster than water hence it takes away heat from the body faster than water. (2mks)
(b) Q = C
= 40 x (34 – 25) = 360J (2mks)
(ii) Q = MC
= 100 x 10ˉ³ x 4.2 x 10³ x (34 – 25)
= 3780J (2mks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(iii) Heat lost = 360 + 3780
= 4140J (2mks)
(iv) MC = 4140
4140
C=
150 × 10−3 × ( 100 − 34 )
C = 418.18Jkgˉ¹kˉ¹ (2mks)
16. (a) Angular velocity is the rate of change of angular displacement. (1mk)
2π 2π
T= = = 0.20sec
(b) (i) w 5 × 2π (2mks)
(ii) w = 5 x 2 = 10 rad/s
(iii) The centripetal force.
mv 2
F= = mθw 2 = 0.5 × 0.7 × ( 10 π )2
γ = 345.53N
(c) (i) Constant change in direction. (1mk)
(ii) Heavy water particles move faster away through the holes. (2mks)

1. Light travel in a straight line.  (1mk)
2.
 Arrows
 Lines (2mks)
3. The brightness is the same. (1mk)
4.
(2mks)
5.
Arrows
 Rays
 Image
6. Tips to the left South Pole attracts the North greater anticlockwise moment. (2mks)
7.
(1mk)
2d1 2 d2
1460 = 1460 =
8. 2. 5 3
d1 = 1825m d2 = 2190
Difference = 2190 – 1825
= 365m
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
9.
1
n= = 1.346
Sin 48 (3mks)
10. Long sightedness. (1mk)
2
V2 (1 2 ) V2
R1 = R2 = =
11. P 2P 8P
R1 : R2
1 : ⅛ or 8:1 (3mks)
12. - Communication.
- Cooking. (any one) (1mk)
13.
14. (a) Ohms law states that for a conductor the potential difference is directly proportional to current provided temp is constant
and all other physical constants remain same. (1mk)
(b) (i) V = IR
50 = 1000I
50
I= = 0 . 05 Amp.
1000 (3mks)
(ii) E = pt = IVt = 0.05 x 50 x 60
= 150 watts
(c) R = 2 + 3 = 5Ω
1 1 4+5 9
R1 1 = + = =
5 4 20 20
20
R1 =
9
20
RE = 3 +
9
2
=3+2
9
2
=5 Ω
9
(d) (4 x 40) + (6 x 100) = 600 + 160
= 7602
760
× 5 = 3 . 8 kwh
In a day 1000
Cost in a month 3.8 x 30 x 6.50 = Sh.741
15. (a) - Distance between plates.
- Area overlapping.
- Material between the plates (dielectric) Any two (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
2×8
+ 2.4 = μF
(b) (i) 2+ 8
(ii) Q = CV
= 2.4 x 3
= 7.2C
(iii) Q = CV
= 3 x 1.6
= 4.8C
16. (a) Lenz law states that the induced current flows in such a direction that produces magnetic effect that oppose the charge
producing it. (1mk)
(b) (i) The pointer will deflect  showing current is induced and deflects back to zero. 
(ii) Pointer will be deflected further.
(iii) More current has being induced.
NP IS 3 5
= =
(c) (i)
NS IP  1 IP
IP = 1.67A
(ii) Laminating the core  (1mk)
II Winding primary coils over secondary coils.  (1mk)
17. (a) (i) A – Control grid.
B – Anodes. (2mks)
(ii) A – Control the brightness/No. of electron to screen.
C – Deflect the beam of electrons vertically. (2mks)
(iii) Thermionic emission by heating the cathode directly or indirectly. (1mk)
(iv) To reduce ionisation. (1mk)
(b) The p.d across anode and cathode. (1mk)
(c) Detect flaw and cracks in metal. (1mk)
500
ev = hf
(d) 100
200000
0 .5 × × 1 .6 × 10−19 = 6 .63 × 10−34 f
100
f = 2.41 x 1017HZ (3mks)
18. (a) (i) Argon – to initiate the discharge.

(ii) Quenching agent. (1)
Absorb energy of positive ions before they cause secondary electron emission.
(iii) Potential difference.
(iv) Potential difference.
(v) a = 226
b = 88
( 6 . 0 − 0 ) × 10−19 6.0
h = gradent = 15
= × 10−34
(b) (2 . 05 − 1 .0 ) × 10 1 . 05
= 5.71 x 10-34
Work friction = hfo
= hfo
= 5.71 x 10-34 x 1.0 x 1015
= 5.71 x 10-19J

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/3 – PHYSICS PAPER 3 (PRACTICAL) MARKING SCHEME
Question one
(a) Mass of marble (mark students value) ½
(d) Table 1
Award 2 marks for complete table values.
Correct to 2d.p. for time of oscillation and at least 2d.p. for periodic time.
Award 1 mark for complete table without adherence to accuracy.
Award 0 for incomplete table.
T = 0.70s (Use students averaged with a range of  0.02s ½
(e) d = 1.70cm  0.05cm ½
r = 0.85cm½
4
V= × 3 .142 × ( 0. 85 )3
(f) 3
= 2.573cm³¹
5 gT 2
R=r+
(g) 7 (2 π )2 ¹
5 × 9.8 × ( 0.70 )2
= + 0.85
7 × ( 2 × 3.142 )2
= 0.9369cm ¹
* Check substitution and answer of the student.
PART B
(i) Table 2
Angle. iº 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
y(cm) 4.5 4. 4.1 3. 3.7 3. 3.4
(Check trend)
4 marks – All correct.
3 marks – At least 5 correct.
2 marks – At least 3 correct.
1 mark – At least 2 correct
(j) Graph (5 marks)

(i) yo = 4.9cm ¹ (y – intercept of student)
(ii) b = 6.1cm  0.1 ¹
b 6 .1
η= =
(iii)
y O 4 .9 ¹
= 1.245 ¹

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
2. (a) To = 23.0ºC ¹
Table 3
Time t (minutes) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Temperature 61.0 57.0 53.0 51.0 49.0 47.0 4.50 (3
T(ºC) mark
s)
(T – To) (ºC) 38.0 34.0 30.0 28.0 26.0 24.0 22.0 (1 mark)
Log (T – To) 1.580 1.53 1.477 1.447 1.41 1.380 1.342 (1 mark)
1 5
(b) Graph
(c) Q = y-intercept.
= 1.65 ¹
(d) P = antilog 1.65
= 44.67ºC ¹
(e) P = 65 – TS
TS = 65 – 44.67 ¹
= 20.33°C ¹
(f) h = 15cm  1cm ½
(g) d = 2cm  1cm ½ [Use students value]
(h) t = h – d
= 15 – 2
= 13cm ½ [Use students substitution of h and d]
(i) M = 61.2  10g ½ [Use students value]
(j) D = 2.53cm  0.1cm ½
2. 53
R= = 1. 265 cm
(k) 2 ½
(l) M = 12R²
M
ρ=
12 π R2
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
61.2
=
12 × π × 1.2652 ¹ Correct substitution
= 1.014gcmˉ³ ¹
KAMDARA JET - 2016

232/1
PHYSICS
SECTION A(25 MKS)
1. The figure below shows a burette partly filled with a liquid. The burette was initially full to the mark 0. If the quantity of the
liquid removed has a mass of 20g, determine the density of the liquid. (2mks)
2. Water at 200C falls over a waterfall of height 40m. Calculate the temperature of water at the bottom of the waterfall if 80% of
potential energy at the top is converted into heat energy (3marks)
3. A faulty thermometer reads 20C when dipped in ice a 00C and 950C when dipped in steam at 1000C. what would this
thermometer red if placed in water at room temperature of 180C? (3 marks)
4. Xcm3 of substance A which has density 800 kg/m3 is mixed with 1000cm3 of water with a density of 1000kg/m3. The density of
the mixture is 960kg/m3. Determine the value of X (3 marks)
5. The figure below shows a simple instrument designed by a student for weighing objects.
a) State what happens if one places an item on the weighing pan. (1 mark)
b) State two properties of water that make it suitable for this purpose. (2 marks)
6. The figure below shows an arrangement of demonstrate diffusion through solids.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
The hydrogen gas is supplied for sometimes then stopped and the beaker removed. State and explain what is likely t be
observed when the hydrogen gas supply is stopped. (3 marks)
7. A metal pin was observed to float in the surface of pure water. However, the pin sank when drops of soap solution were
carefully added to water. Explain this observation. (1 mark)
8. Sauce pans have a plastic or wooden handles. It is observed that in the morning the pan feels colder than the wooden handle.
Explain the difference in this observation. (2 marks)
9. A bullet moving at a velocity of 350m/s hits a tree trunk of diameter 70cm. It emerge from the opposite side with a velocity of
180m/s. Determine the average deceleration of the bullet in the trunk. (3 marks)
10. The figure below shows a container with small holes at the bottom in which wet clothes have been put. When the container is
whirled in air at high speed, it is observed that the clothes dry faster.
Explain how the rotation of the container causes the clothes to dry why so fast. (2 marks)
11. The table below shows the value of the resultant force F and time t for a bullet raveling inside the gun barrel after the trigger is
pulled.
Force F (N) 360 340 300 240 170 110
Times t (ms) 3 4 8 12 17 22
(a) On the grid provided plot a graph of force F against time t. (5 marks)
(b) Determine from the graph:
(i) The time required for the bullet to travel the length of the barrel assuming that the force becomes zero just at the end of
the barrel. (1 mark)
(ii) Impulse of the force. (2 marks)
(c) Given that the bullet emerges from the muzzle of the gun with a velocity of 200m/s,
Calculate the mass of the bullet. (3marks)
12. a) State the pressure law. (1 mark)
b) The pressure (P) of a fixed mass of a gas at constant temperature T=300k is varied continuously. The corresponding
values of P and volume (v) of the gas are shown below.
Pressure (x105 Pa) 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5

Volume (m3) 0.025 0.02 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.011
1
(i) Plot a graph of P against using grid provided below. (5 marks)
v
(ii) Given that P = 2RT , Find the constant R from the graph. (2marks)
V
(c) A tin with an air tight lid contains air at a pressure of 1.0 x 105 Pa and a temperature of 120C. The air is heated in water
bath until the lid opens. If the temperature at which the lid opens is 880C,
Determine the pressure attained by the gas. (3marks)
13. (a) State Archimedes Principle (1 mark)
(b) The figure below shows a block of mass 50g and density 2000kg/m3 submerged in a certain liquid and suspended from
uniform horizontal beam by means of a string. A mass of 40g suspended from the other end of the beam puts the
system in equilibrium

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Determine the up-thrust force acting on the block. (3 marks)

(ii) Calculate the density of the liquid. (3 marks)
(iv) Calculate the new balance point of the 50g mass (the 40g mass remains fixed) if the liquid was replace with one
whose density was 1500kg/m3. (3 marks)
14. a) A liquid at 80o in a cup was allowed to cool for 20 minutes. State two factors that determine the final temperature.
(2 marks)
b) What is meant by specific latent heat of evaporation? (1 mark)
c) In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization L of water, steam at 100 oC was passed into water
contained in a well lagged copper calorimeter. The following
Measurements were made:
Mass of calorimeter = 80g
Initial mass of water = 70g
Initial temperature of water = 5oC
Final mass of calorimeter + water + condensed steam = 156g
Final temperature of mixture = 30oC
(Specific heat capacity of water = 4200JKg-1k-1 and specific heat capacity for copper =390J/kg/k)
Determine:
(i) Mass of condensed steam. (2 marks)
(ii) Heat gained by the calorimeter and water. (2 marks)
(iii) Given that L. is the specific latent host of vaporization of steam.
a) Write an expression for the heat given out by steam. (1 mark)
b) Determine the value of L. (3marks)
15. (a) Distinguish between load and effort. (2 marks)
(b) A mason uses a six wheel pulley system to raise a weight of 250N through a vertical height of 2.5m using the machine.
If the mason pulls using an effort of 500N. Calculate:
i) The velocity ratio of the pulley system. (2 marks)
ii) The work done by the mason. (3 marks)
iii) The useful work done by the pulley system. (2 marks)
iv) The efficiency of the system (3marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KAMDARA JET-2016
232/2
PHYSICS
TIME: 2 HOURS
SECTION A (25 Marks)
1. A ray of light makes an angle of 60° with a plane mirror as shown in Figure 1 below. The mirror is rotated through an angle
of 20° about the point O in a clockwise direction.
60°
Figure 1
Determine the new angle of reflection. (2mks)
2. Describe how you would charge a gold leaf electroscope by induction method (2mks)
3. The figure 2 below shows a wire wound on a soft iron core.
Diagram.
Indicate the polarities of end A and B (2mks)

4. Describe two defects in simple cells and ways in which they can be minimized. (2mk)
5. Differentiate between Faradays law of electromagnetic induction and Lenz law. (2mks)
6. Figure 3 below shows a moving coil microphone. (2mks)
Diagram
7. An object is placed on the principal axis of a concave mirror. The image formed is upright and magnified. If the object
distance is 5cm and the image distance is 10 cm, determine the focal length of the mirror. (2mks)
8. a) Differentiate between a transverse and a longitudinal wave. (1mk)
b) Kenyatta National Hospital uses x-rays of wavelength 1×10-11m. Calculate the frequency of the x-rays. (Take c=
3×108m/s.) (2mks)
9. A hunter standing some distance from a cliff blows a whistle and hears its echo 2 seconds later. How far is the cliff from the
hunter? (speed of sound in air=340m/s) (2mks)
10. Calculate the speed of light in a medium of refractive index 4/3 given that the speed of light in air is 3×10 8m/s.
(2mks)
11. A wire of length 1.5m offers resistance of 6.5Ω to the flow of current through it. If the cross section area is 5.0×10 -
6 2
m .calculate the resistivity of the material. (2mks)
12. The Figure 4 below shows two coils used to demonstrate mutual induction.
Diagram
State what happens to the galvanometer when K is closed. (1mk)
13. Figure 5 below shows two parallel plate capacitors separated by a distance d units. Each plate has an area of A square units.
Diagram
Suggest one adjustment that can be made so as to increase the effective capacitance. (1mk)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
SECTION B (55 MKS)
14. (a) What is the purpose of a fuse? (1 mark)
(b) The diagram in figure 9 below shows a ring – main circuit used by an electrician in a certain house.
(i) Identify two faults in the installation. (2 marks)
Fig 9
ii) Explain why the 3 – pin plug fuse has a longer earth pin than the live and neutral pins. (2 marks)
iii) Identify the type of transformer T used in the diagram in Fig. 9 (1 mark)
(c) A cooker rated 2.0kW was operated for 40minutes each for 30days. If the cost of each kilo – watt – hour unit is Shs.
15.50, Calculate the cost of electricity used. (4 marks)
15. (a) The figure below show the displacement time graph of a wave traveling at 400cm/s.
Determine for the wave the:

(i) Amplitude (1mk)
(ii) Period (1mk)
(iii) Frequency (2mks)
(iv) Wavelength (3mks)
(b) The human ear can distinguish two sounds as separate only if they reach it at least 0.1s apart. How far from a wall
must an observer be in order to hear an echo when he shouts?(Speed of sound in air = 330ms-1) (3mks)
16 The figure 7 below represents a cathode ray oscilloscope (C.R.O)
i) Name the parts labeled A and B (2mks)

ii) What are the functions of parts labeled C and D (2mks)
iii) Explain how electrons are produced. (2mk)
iv) Give a reason why the tube is evacuated. (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
((b) i) Distinguish between cathode rays and light rays (2mks)
(ii) State the function of A (1mk)
(iii) An alternating p.d is applied across the Y-plates. State what is the effect on the position of the spot on the screen?
(1 mark)
(iv) A signal with a frequency of 50Hz is applied across the Y-plates. If the time base with a period of 0.04s is applied
across the X-plates, sketch a graph of p.d against time showing the number of waves that can be seen on the screen of
the C.R.O (2 mks)
v) The tube of the CRO is coated with graphite. State three functions of the graphite coating (3mks)
17. (a) State one similarity and one difference between a concave lens and a convex mirror (2mks)
(b) A lens forms a focused image on a screen when the distance between the object and the lens is 100cm. the size of the
image is twice that of the object.
(i) What kind of lens was used? Give a reason (2mks)
(ii) Determine the distance of the image from the lens (2mks)
(iii) Determine the power of the lens (3mks)
(c) The figure shown in figure 9 shown below is a human eye with a certain defect
(i) Name the defect (1mk)

(ii) On the same diagram, sketch the appropriate lens to correct the defect and sketch rays to show the effect of the lens.
(2mks)
18 a) Name any two types of radiations given out in a radioactive process. (2mks)
b) The half – life of cobalt – 60 is 5years.
How long will a sample take for the activity to decrease to 1/16 of its original value. (3mks)
c) The graph below shows radioactive decay of iodine.
Use the graph to determine the:-

(i) Fraction of the amount remaining after 16.2 days. (2mks)
(ii) Determine the half – life of iodine. (2mks)
(iii) Mass remaining after 17 days. (1mk)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KAMDARA JOINT - 2016

232/3
PHYSICS - PRACTICAL
TIME: 2 ½ HRS
1. You are provided with the followin
 a rectangular glass block
 4 optical pins
 a soft board
 a plain paper
Proceed as follows:
(a) Place the glass block on the plain paper with one of the largest face upper most. Trace round the glass block using a pencil as
shown below.
A P1
P2
i
b r L
c
P3
P4
D
eye
(b) Remove the glass block and construct a normal at B. Construct an incident ray AB of angle of incidence, i = 20 0.
(c) Replace the glass block and trace the ray ABCD using the optical
(d) Remove the glass block and draw the path of the ray ABCD using a pencil. Measure length L and record it in the table
below.
Angle i0 L (cm) L2 (cm2) 1 Sin2i

2
( cm−2 )
L
20 0.1170

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
30 0.2500
40 0.4132
50 0.5868
60 0.7500
70 0.8830
(6 marks)
(e) Repeat the procedure above for the angles of incidence given.
1
(f) Calculate the value of L2 and 2 ; Record in the table.
L
1 2
(g) Plot a graph of 2 (y-axis) against Sin i. (5
L
marks)
(h) Calculate the gradient, S. (3 marks)
1 −1 2 1
Given that the equation of that graph is: 2
= 2 2 ∙ sin i+ 2
L n b b
1 2
(i) Determine the 2 – intercept C and the Sin i – intercept B. (2
L
marks)
(j) Calculate the value of Q given by; (2 marks)
Q=− ( CS )÷ B
(k) Hand in your constructions on the plain paper together with the answer script. (2marks)
QUESTION 2
PART A
- Two dry cells and a cell holder
- One voltmeter (0 – 5V)
- One ammeter (0 – 1A) or (0 – 2.5A)
- Six resistors labeled AB
- One resistor labeled R
- A switch
- 7 connecting wires
(a) Set up the circuit as shown in figure 2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Close the switch, s. Read and record the voltmeter and ammeter readings (1mks)
V = _______________________ volts
I = _________________________ Amperes
V
R=
(ii) Determine the value of R given that I (1mk)
(b) Set the circuit as shown in figure 3
(i) With the crocodile clip across resistor 1 as shown in figure 3 above, close the switch, read and record the ammeter and
voltmeter readings in table.
(ii) Repeat the procedure b (i) with crocodile clips across resistors 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 respectively, each time recording the
corresponding values for V and I in table 2
Table 2
Number of resistors 1 2 3 4 5 6
p.d. (volts)
Current I (Amperes)
(4mks)
(c) On the grid provided plot the graph of p.d (V) (y axis) against I (A) (5mks)
(d) Determine the slope of the graph at:
(i) p.d = 2.5V (2mks)
(ii) p.d = 2.8V (2mks)
(iii) What physical quantity is represented by the slope of your graph at any one point? (1mk)
PART B
You are provided with the following;
 Half-metre rule
 Knife edge (raised)
 A thread (approx. 20cm in form of a loop)
 50g mass
(c) Determine the C.O.G of the half-metre rule. (1 mark)
(d) Diagram
(iii) Pivot the rule at 15cm mark and balance it with the mass as shown. When it is well balanced, note and record the position of
the 50g mass; (1 mark)
Position of 50g mass = _________________ cm mark

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(iv) Use your results to determine the weight of the rule. (2 marks)
KAMDARA JOINT - 2016
232/1
PHYSICS
2 HOURS
Marking scheme
1. Density = m/v
= 20/5
= 4 g/cm3
2. mgh = mc∆Ѳ
40 x 10 x 80% = 4200 x (x-20)
X =20.08 o C
3. 0 -100 = 100 units
2-95 =93 units
1 unit =93/100 = 0.93 units
18 units = 18 x 0.93 =16.74 units
Readings =2 +16.74 =18.74 0C
4. Mass of A = 0.8kg
Mass of water = 1000g
Total volume =(1000+x)
Total mass = (1000+0.8)kg
Density mixture = 1000+0.8x
1000+x
0.96= 1000+0.8x
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1000+x
960+0.96x = 1000+0.8x
(0.96-0.8)x = 1000-960
0.16x= 40
X=40
0.16
X=250cm3 3mks
5. (a)The water level rises in the glass tube. 1mk

(b) -It is incompressible
-Pressure is transmitted equally in all directions 2mk
6. Water rises up the glass tube. 
Hydrogen diffuses out the porous pot faster than air diffusing into the pot creating partial vacuum (low pressure) hence
atmospheric pressure pushes water upwards.`
7. Soap lowers surface tension 1mk
8. Wood is a poor conductor of heat than pan. Compared, plastic would allow some loss of heat to the environment than wood.
Hence plastic feels colder than wood.
9. V2 = U2 + 2 as
1802 = 3502 + 2a x0.7
a= 1802 – 3502
2x0.7
= -64357.143m/s 2
10. The water is expelled through the holes when the container is rotated at high speed.
11. ( a) (i)A body continues in its state of ret or uniform motion in a straight line unless acted upon by an external force.1
ii) Ft = m (v-u)
25
75 x 0.1 = ( v−0 ) 1
1000
V = 30 m/s 1
(b) (i) M1V1 + M2V2 = (M1V2)v

20 400
x
V = 1000
( 20
1000
+3.5 )

= 2.27 m/s
F 4
(ii) a = =
m ( 0.02+3.5 )
= -1.136 m/s2
v2 = v2 + 2as
0 = (2.27)2 – (2 x 1.136s) 1
s = 2.268 m 1
12. Pressure of a fixed mass of a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature provided volume is kept constant.
1/v 40 50 59 71 83 91
(a) -Labeling axes

-3 correctly plotted points
From Y= 3x+c
Slope = 2Rt
Slope = Dy = 3.5-2
Dx 70-40
= 1.5x105
30
= 0.05x105
Therefore R= Slope = 0.05x105
600
R= 8.33
P1 = 1x 105 pa
T1 = 12+273)
T2 = 88+273
P2 = ?
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
P1 = P2
T1 T2
1x105= P2
285 361
P2= 1x105 x 361
285
= 126,666.7pa
13. (a) When a body is fully or partially immersed in a fluid, it experiences an upward force (Up-thrust) equal to the weight
of the fluid displaced.
(b) (i) When the body is in air, it weighs 0.5N 
20×0 . 4
=0 .25 N
When in the fluid, its weight = 32 
Up-thrust force = 0.50 – 0.25 = 0.25N 
m
(ii) The volume of the fluid displaced = volume of solid = ρ = 2.5 x 10-5m3 
Up thrust = weight of fluid displaced =vxρxg
0.25
×¿ ¿ −4 3
Density of fluid ρ = 2.5  1 10 =1000 kg /m
(iii) The weight of fluid displaced = 2.5 x 10-5 x 1500 x 10 = 0.375N 
Hence the weight of the solid in the fluid = 0.5 – 0.375 = 0.125N 
0 . 4×20
=64 cm
The new balance point 0 .125 
14. - Surface area of cup/ sectional area of the cup
- Wind /air current/ drought present
- Temperature of surrounding area
-Density of the liquid (any two)
(b) The quantity of heat energy required to change unit mass of liquid to vapour without change in temperature.
(c) (i) Mass of condensed steam = 0.156-(0.08+0.07)
= 0.006kg
(ii) Q of heat procued by steam = 0.08x25x390
0.07x25x4200
780+7350
8130J
(ii) (a) Qs= MLv+MCQ
(b) 8130= 0.006l+0.006x200x70
= 8130= 0.006l +84
= 8130-84 = 0.006Lv
8046 = 0.006Lv
1.341x 106 J/kg= Lv
15. a) Load is the force exerted by a machine while effort is the force applied to a machine
(b) Frictional force the machine is to overcome.
(c) (i) Velocity ratio V.R = 6
(ii) Distance moved by effort = 2.5 x 6= 15 M
Work done = Effort x effort distance
= 500x1.5 = 7500J
(iii) Useful work done = load x distance
= 25000x2.5 = 6250J
(iv) Efficiency = Useful work done
Total work done
= 6250x100
7500
= 83.33%

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KAMDARA JET - 2016

232/2
PHYSICS
MARKING SCHEME
1. i2=r2=I + θ
=30°+20°=50° 2 marks
2. -Touch the cap to discharge it

- bring a charged polythene rod close to the cap 2 marks
- While the rod remain s in its position, touch the cap
- withdraw the finger and the rod at the same time.
3. A- South Pole 2 marks

B- North Pole
4. Polarization-use a depolarizer (potassium dichromate/manganese (IV)) oxide 2 marks

Local action-use pure zinc/amalgamation
5. Faraday’s law- relates the magnitude of induced emf to the rate of change of 2 marks
magnetic flux.
Lenz’s law-relates the effect of the induced emf to the change producing it.
6
Sound waves make the diaphragm to vibrate; vibration of the diaphragm (2 marks)
moves the coil to and fro.
- motion of the coil is perpendicular to the field hence induced emf of varying
magnitude sets up varying current in the coil
7 Virtual image: f and V are both –ve. (2 mark)

−1 1 1
= −
f u v
−1 1
= −1 /1 0
f 5
f =−¿ 10cm
8 a) Transverse waves-displacement of particles is perpendicular to the 1mark)

direction of wave motion.
Longitudinal- displacement of particles is parallel to the direction of wave
motion.
b) f=c/λ
=3×108÷1×10-11
=3×1019Hz (2marks)
9 2d=V× t (2marks)
2d=340×2
d= 340m
10 4/3= (3×108)/V (2marks)

V=2.25×108m/s
11 . (2 marks)
ρ=RA/L= (6.5×10-6×5.0)÷1.5
=2.17×10-5Ωm
12
When K is closed the pointer deflects to the right then comes back to zero. (1 mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
13 Reduce the distance of separation (d) OR (1 mark)
Increase the area of overlap (A)
14
a) Protective device in mains electricity that melts when current exceeds the (1mark)
rating;
b) i) Switch should be on live wire and not neutral; (2mark)
Fuse should be on the live wire ;
ii) To open the live and neutral earlier ; (2mark)

Make contact earlier than live ;
iii) Step down transformer (1mk)
c) 2 Kw X 40/60 X 30= 40Kw-Hr

40 X 15.50
Sh 620 (4mark)
15 (a) (i) 3cm; (1 mark)
(ii) T = 0.4s; (1 mark)
(iii)
1
f=
T
1
= ;
0. 4
f =2 .5 Hz ; (2 mark)
(iv) V = f;
4 =  x 2.5;
 = 4/2.5
 = 1.6cm (3 marks)
(b) 2s = V.t;
2s = 330 x 0.1;
2s = 33
s = 33/2 (3marks)
s = 16.5m;
16
a) i) A…Grid (2marks)
B….Electron gun
ii) C……Vertical deflection
D….Horizontal deflection (2 marks
iii) Beam of elecrons are boiled off from a cathode by thermionic emission (2marks)
and accelerated through thee cro tube by high voltages
iv) Tube is evacuated to eliminate collisions of cathode rays with air (1mark)
molecules.
b) i) Cathode rays are negatively charged particles deflected by both

magnetic and electric field
Light waves not deflected by either magnetic or electric field (2marks)
Ii) Accelarate the electrons and also focus them into a fine
(1 mark)
Iii) A straight vertical line on the screen
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(1 mark)
(I mark)
(2marks)
17
Both form virtual images. in both images are diminished; (2 marks)
A diverging lens refracts light while the convex mirror reflects light. the diverging
lens
forms the image in front of the lens while the convex mirror forms an image behind
the
mirror;
(i) Converging lens; It forms real images and it can form magnified (2 marks)
images;
(2 marks)
v v
3= ⇒ u= ;
u 3
v
u+v=100 ⇒ +v=100 (3 marks)
3
v = 75 cm ;
1
Power = f
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4
= + ⇒ = + ; =
f u v f 25 75 f 75
f =18 .75 cm =0 . 1875 m;
(1Mark)
1
p= =5 . 3 D;
0. 1875
(i) Long sightedness/ hypermetropia/presbyopia (2 marks)
18
a) Alpha, beta, gamma(any two) (2marks)
b)
(3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1 1 1 1
1 1st 2 nd 3 rd 4 th
2 4 8 16
4 half −lifes = 4×5 = 20 years (2 marks)
or
7
1
16
=1×
1 5
2( )=20 yrs (2 marks)
(1mark)
b) i) 16.2 days is ¼
ii) 8.1 days ( should be shown on the graph
iv) 70g
KAMDARA JET – 2016

232/3
PHYSICS PRACTICAL
MARKING SCHEME
Question 1
Angle i0 L (cm) L2 (cm2) 1 Sin2i

2
( cm−2 )
L
6.2
20 38.44 0.0260 0.1170

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
6.4
30 40.96 0.0244 0.2500
6.6
40 43.56 0.0230 0.4132
7.0
50 49.00 0.0204 0.5868
7.3
60 53.29 0.0188 0.7500
7.7
70 59.29 0.0169 0.8830
0.0235−0.027 −0.0035
S=∆Y/∆X= = = -0.01 458
0.32−0.08 0.24
C=0.0285
B=1.92
0.0285 1
Q= -( X ¿= 1.0237
−0.01458 1.92
QUESTION 2
(a) (i) V = 2.2Volts 1mk
I = 0.24 Amperes 1mk
2. 4
(ii) R = 0 .24 1mk
= 10 ± 1 1mk
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b)
Number of resistors 1 2 3 4 5 6
p.d (Volts) 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9
Current I (A) 0.24 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05
p.d:  ½(mk) for each correct value to a maximum of 3mks

I:  ½ mk for each correct value to a maximum of 3mks
(c) On the grid
- Axes: well labeled with units 1mk
- Scale: simple and uniform 1mk
- Plotting:  ½ mk for each correctly plotted point to a maximum of 2mks
- Curve; 1mk for curve though at least three correctly plotted points
2 . 65−2 .5
(d) (i) Slope at p.d 2.5 = 0 .05−0 .14 1mk
0 .15
=−1 .667
= −0 .09 1mk
(ii) Slope at p.d = 2.8V

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
3 . 1−2 . 8
=
0. 025−0 .06
0. 3
=
0. 035
=−8. 57 1mk
(iii) Resistance of the resistor s(1mk)
QUESTION 2 B
C.O.G 25 ± 0.5 cm
(i) position of 50 grams mass=4.7cm ± 0.1 marks
(ii) 0.05x11.3 = wx10
W = 0.565N
KASSU JET EXAMINATION - 2016

232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
JUNE 2016

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Attempt all the questions in this section.
1. The figure below shows a measuring cylinder with some water in it.
A metal cube of mass 18g is submerged in it. Given that the density of the metal is 4.167 g/cm 3, indicate the new level of the
liquid. (2 mks)
2. Explain how temperature affects surface tension. (2 mks)

3. A drop of blue ink is introduced at the bottom of a beaker containing water. It is observed that after sometime, all the water in
the beaker turns blue. Name the process that takes place. (1 mk)
4. The figure below shows a uniform metre rule pivoted at the 20cm mark. It is balanced by a weight of 3.5N suspended at the
5cm mark.
Determine the weight of the metre rule. (3 mks)

5. The diagram below shows a sketch graph of resultant force against velocity for a body falling through air.
(a) Give the name given to the velocity of the body at point a. (1 mk)
(b) Explain why the resultant force is equal to zero for the velocity given in (a) above. (2 mks)
6. A student dipped a mercury thermometer into a very hot liquid.
(a) State what is observed. (1 mk)
(b) Explain observation in (a) above. (1 mk)
7. Three identical springs A, B and C are used to support 25.5N weights as shown below.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
If the weight of the horizontal bar is 2.5N, determine the extension of each spring given that 6N causes an extension of 2 cm.
(3 mks)
8. The diagram below shows the effect of heat from the heater on two surfaces …………… surface.
(i) How does the heat from the heat reach the surface? (1 mk)
(ii) State what is observed from the set up after a few minutes. (1 mk)
9. Trees planted along or near the road seem to bend towards the road. State and explain the observation. (2 mks)
10. Figure below shows a u-tube upon which a gas has been enclosed on one end with mercury in it. Calculate the pressure of the
gas.
11. State two sources of errors in an oil drop experiment. (2 mks)

Attempt all the questions in this section.
12. (a) (i) Define the term angular velocity (ω ). (1 mk)
(ii) A body in a circular path is said to be accelerating and yet it moves in a constant speed. Explain. (1 mk)
(b) A stone of mass 500g is attached to a string of length 50cm which can break when the tension exceeds 20N. The stone is
whirled by a student until the string breaks at a point 100 cm above the ground. (Take g, as 10 m/s2).
(i) In what position does the string break. (1 mk)
(ii) Calculate the angular velocity at which the string breaks. (3 mks)
(iii) Time taken by the stone to reach the ground. (3 mks)
(iv) Distance from the feet of the student to the point the stone strokes the ground. (2 mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
13. (a) A hydraulic lift is used to raise a load of 100 kg through a height of 2.0 m. the radius of
the effort piston is 1.6cm while the load piston has a radius of 8.0cm. If the machine is 75% efficient; calculate:
(i) The velocity ratio. (2 mks)
(ii) mechanical advantage (1 mk)
(iii) Effort required (1 mk)
(iv) Energy wasted in using the machine (2 mks)
(c) A block and tackle pulley system is used to lift a mass of 200 kg. If the machine has a velocity ratio of 5, and efficiency
of 80%;
(i) Sketch in the space provided below the possible arrangement of the system. (2 mks)
(ii) Determine the effort required to lift the load. (2 mks)
14. (a) State Newton’s first law of motion. (1 mk)
(b) A wooden block resting on a horizontal bench is given an initial velocity, U, so that it slides on the coach surface for a
distance, d, before coming to a stop. The values of, d, were measured and recorded for values of initial velocity. The
figure below shows a graph of U2 against d.
(i) Determine the slope of the graph. (3 mks)

(ii) Given that U2 = 20 kd, where K is a constant for the bench surface, determine the value of K from the graph.(3 mks)
(iii) State how the value of K would be affected by a change in the roughness of the bench surface. (2 mks)
(c) A car of mass 800 kg starts from rest and accelerates at 1.2 ms-2. Determine its momentum after it has moved 400m from the
starting point. (4 mks)
15. 300g of ice at 00c is dropped into a copper calorimeter containing warm water of mass 60g at 60 0c. it’s observed that only
80% of ice melted.
(Take: Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 Jkg-1k-1
Heat capacity of copper = 400 JK-1)
(a) Determine the final temperature of the mixture. (1 mk)
(b) Determine the heat lost by calorimeter. (2 mks)
(c) Determine the heat lost by warm water. (2 mks)
(d) Determine the specific latent heat of fusion of ice. (3 mks)
(e) It’s observed that if the temperature if warm water used was 800c, then all the ice could have melted. What would be the
final temperature of the mixture? Use the value of specific latent heat of fusion obtained in (d) above. (3 mks)
16. (a) A concrete block of value, V, is totally immersed in sea water of density, S. Write an expression for the upthrust on the
block. (1 mk)
(b) A certain solid of volume 50 cm3 displaces 10 cm3 of kerosene (density 800 kg/m3). When floating. Determine the
density of the solid. (4 mks)
(c) State the condition necessary for a body to float in a fluid. (1 mk)
17. (a) A mercury thread 200 mm long traps a gas in a long glass tube. The length of the gas column is 100 cm when the tube if
held horizontally. The atmospheric pressure is 750 mmHg. Calculate the length of the gas column when the tube is held
vertically with the open end facing downwards. (3 mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) State Boyle’s law. (1 mk)

(c) 250 cm3 of a gas is collected at a pressure of 900 mmHg and 270c temperature. Determine the volume of this gas if the
pressure is reduced to 500 mmHg and temperature 190c. (2 mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
K A S S U J. E .T.E XA M I N A T I ON 2016
232/2
PHYSICS
Paper 2
2 Hours
1. In figure 1 two mirrors M1 and M2 are inclined at right angles to each other.
Diagram drawn to scale
Figure 1
Trace the reflection of the ray through the two mirrors and find the angle between the incident ray and reflected ray of mirror M2.
(2 marks)
2. When rod X was rubbed with material Y it was observed that the material acquired a negative charge.
a) State the charge on rod X after rubbing (1 mark)
b) Explain how rod X acquired the charge stated in (a) above. (1 mark)
3. An iron ring is placed between two magnets as shown in figure 2.
Iron ring
Figure 2.
(a)Sketch the magnetic field pattern between the poles and mark the neutral point, Xon the diagram . (2 marks)
(b) State one application of the concept tested above. (1mark).
4. A charge of 180 Coulombs flows through a lamp every minute. Calculate the number of electrons involved. (Take charge of
an electron e, =1.6x10-19C). ( 2 marks)
5. Table 1 shows radiations and their respective frequencies.
Type of radiation Yellow light Gamma rays Radio waves Micro waves
Frequency (Hz) 1 x 1015 1 x 1022 1 x 106 1 x 1011
Table1
a) Arrange the radiation in order of increasing energy. (1 mark)
b) State the reason why radio waves signals are easier to receive than TV signals in a place surrounded by hills. (1 mark)
6. Figure 3shows a metal rod PQ connected to a d.c supply and placed between two magnets.
Figure 3

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
a) Indicate on the diagram the direction of force on rod PQ and magnetic field pattern between the two magnetic poles only.
(2 marks)
b) State one way in which the direction of force can be made to change. (1mark)
7. An explosion in a quarry takes place at a distance of 70m from an observer. An echo from a cliff 50m beyond the source of
the explosion is heard by the observer 0.5 seconds after he sees the flash from explosion. Calculate the velocity of sound in
air. (3 marks )
8. (a) Figure 4below shows the path of a ray of light through a triangular prism ABC of refractive index 1.50. is parallel to
AC.
Figure 4
Determine the angle of incidence on the side AC.
(3marks)
b) Figure 5 shows the image formed by convex mirror
Sketch rays on the diagram to show the position of object (2 marks)

9. In an experiment to study interference in sound waves two identical loudspeakers are connected to an audio frequency
generator so that they act as coherent sources L1 and L2 as shown in figure 6.
A
P
L1
L2
A1 O
Figure 6
An observer walking several metres ahead and a long a line to LI L2 identifies pointsAandA1as the first positions of loud
sound on either side after the loud sound at the middle position O between the two sources. (2 marks)
(a) Explain the meaning of the term coherent source. (1 mark)
(b) Name the type of interference occurring at the points O,A, and A1. (1 mark)
10. Distinguish the n-type and p-type semiconductors. (1 mark)
SECTION B: 55 MARKS
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
11. a) Figure 7 shows a source of α,β and r-radiation placed infront of a set of barriers A,B and C
Figure 7
A is a thick sheet of paper, B is a thin sheet of aluminium foil and C is a thin sheet of lead. Name the radiation detected in the
regions marked X, Y and Z. (3 marks)
b) The figure 8 below shows the features of a diffusion cloud chamber used for detecting radiation.
Figure 8
i) Explain how radiation from the source is detected in the chamber. (4marks)
ii) What type of radiation can the device detect? (1mark)
c) The count rate recorded for a certain source is 256 counts per second. What count rate is recorded 20 days later, if the half-
life of the source is 5 days. (2marks)
12. (a) A house has five rooms each with 240V,60W bulbs.If the bulbs are switched on from 7:00pm to 10:30 pm;
(i) Calculate the power consumed in the month of April in Kilowatt-hours (2marks)
(ii) Find the cost per month for lighting these rooms at Ksh6.70 per unit. (2marks)
(b) A student designed a transformer to provide power to an electric bell marked 24W,6V from a mains supply 240V. He
wound coils, 50 turns and N turns on an iron ring core. When he connected the coil of 50 turns to the bell and N turns
coil to the a.c source, he found out that the transformer was only 80% efficient. Find;
(i) The value of N. (2marks)
(ii) The current in the primary coil. (2marks)
(c) The figure 9. shows a connection to the three- pin plug.
Figure 9
(i) Name the cables A, B and C and state their colours. (3marks)
(ii) Why is the fuse connected to cable C.? (1mark)
(iii) State one reason why in domestic wiring system appliances are connected in parallel. (1 mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
13. Figure 10 Shows an electric circuit with four capacitors A,B,C and D8 µF ,3µF,6 µF and 15 µF respectively connected to
12V battery.
Figure 10
(a) Determine ;
(i) The effective capacitance. (3 marks)
(ii) The charge of capacitor D. (2 marks)
(iii) The total energy stored. (2 marks)
(b) Explain one factor that determine the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor. (1 mark)
14. (a)Figure 11shows the features of a cathode ray tube.
Figure 11
(i) Explain how the electrons are produced in the tube. (1 mark)
(ii) What is the purpose of the anodes? (2 marks)
(iii) Why is the tube evacuated? (1 mark )
(b) Figure 12shows the voltage of an a.c. generator on the screen of a C.R.O.
Figure 12
If the time base calibration is 20 milliseconds/cm and the y- gain is 5V/cm , calculate;
(i) The frequency of the generator. (2 marks )
(ii) The peak voltage of the generator. (2 marks )

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(c) A potential difference of 40kV is applied across an x-ray tube. Given that the charge of an electron is 1.6 ×10−19 C and the
mass of an electron is
−31 −34
9.1 ×10 kg and Planck’s constant = 6.63 ×10 Js;
(i) What is the effect of increasing the potential difference across the x-ray tube? (1 mark)
(ii) Calculate the velocity with which the electrons strike the target. (3 marks)
15. A Form 4 student carried out on experiment to investigate photoelectric effect. From the results a graph of stopping potential
1
Vs (y-axis) against the inverse of the wavelength was plotted and was as shown below.
λ
hc hc
The equation of the graph is V s = −
eλ e λ 0
Where: c = 3.0 ×10 8 ms−1 ,speed of light in air
e= 1.6 ×10−19 C , charge of an electron
h = is the Planck’s constant.
(a) From the graph, determine;
(i) The slope s of the graph. (2 marks)
(ii) The Planck’s constant h. (2 marks)
(iii) The threshold wavelength ❑o (2 marks)
(iv) The threshold frequency f o (2 marks)
(v) The work function W o in electron volts (e.v) (2 marks)
(b) On the same graph, sketch a graph which would be obtained if the student used a metal with greater threshold frequency,
explain your answer. (2 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KASSU JET 2016

232/3
PHYSICS PRACTICAL
CONFIDENTIAL
Provide the following apparatus to the candidates.
Question one
 Nichrome wire SWG 28 mounted on a mm scale
 2 new dry cell (size D)
 A cell holder
 A switch
 An ammeter (0 – 1 A)
 A voltmeter ( 0 – 5 V)
 Six connecting wires three with crocodile clips
 A micrometer screw gauge (to be shared)
Question 2A
 A metre rule
 Knife edge (at least 20cm high)
 One 50g mass and one 100g mass
 Some two pieces of threads (at least 30cm long)
 100cm3 of water in a 250cm3 beaker
 100cm3 of kerosene in a beaker labeled L
 Some tissue paper
Question 2B
 Rectangular glass block ( 9.6cm x 6,0cm x 2.3cm)
 Four optical pins
 A soft board
 A plain sheet of paper
 Some cellotape
 A complete mathematical set
KASSU JET EXAMINATION JUNE 2016

232/3
PHYSICS
Paper 3
(PRACTICAL)
TIME: 2 ½ hours
Question one
 2 new dry cells size D
 A cell holder
 A switch
 An ammeter
 A voltmeter
 6 connecting wires at least three with crocodile clips
 Nichrome wire mounted on the metre rule labeld X
 A micrometer screw gauge (to be shared)
Proceed as follows
a. Connect the circuit as shown in the figure below

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Wire X
b. Measure the voltage, E of the dry cell before closing the switch
E=…………………… V (1mark)
c. Adjust the length L of the wire 0.2m, close the switch S and read the value of current and record in the table below.
Length L(m) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
Current , I(A)
1
I (A−1 )
d. Repeat the procedure in (c) above for the value of lengths given in the table (3mks)
1
e. Calculate the values of I and record in the table above. (1mk)
1
f. On the grid provided plot a graph of I (y axis) against L (5mks)
g. Determine the gradient of a graph (3mks)
h. (i) Measure the diameter dof the wire in three points used and find the average diameter.
d1=…………………………d2 =……………………d3……………… mm (1mk)
Average d=…………………………m (1mk)
(ii) Determine the cross section area, A of the wire (2mks)
Form the equation
1 kl Q
I = AE + E : determine
i) The value of k (2mks)
ii) The value Q (2mks)
Question 2
Part A
You are provided with the following
 A metre rule
 Knife edge raising 20cm above bench
 One 50g mass and one 100g mass
 Some thread
 Some water in a beaker
 Liquid L in a beaker
 Tissue paper
Proceed as follows:
a) Balance the meter rule on the knife edge and record the reading at this point.
Balance point = ………………………………m (1mk)
For the rest of this experiment the knife edge must be placed at this position.
b) Set up the apparatus as shown in figure below. Use the thread provided to hang the masses such that the positions of support
can be adjusted.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
x d 10cm
100g Knife 50g Water

edge
The balance is attained by adjusting the position of the 100g mass. Note that the distance x and d are measured from the knife
edge and the 50 mass is fully submerged in the water. Record the values of x and d.
i) x1 = ………………………………………………….cm (1mk)
d = …………………………………………………..cm (1mk)
ii) Determine W1 (weight of the object in water) (2mks)
iii) Determine the upthrust Uw in water of the 50g in water (1mk)
c) Now balance the metre rule when the 50g mass is fully submerged in the liquid L.
x2 =…………………………………………cm (1mk)
Apply the principle of moments to determine the weight W2 of 50g mass in the liquid L and hence determine the upthrust UL
in the liquid.
W2 (2mks)
UL (1mk)
d) Determine the relative density R.D of the liquid L, given that
UL
Uw
R.D = (1mk)
Part B
You are provided with the following
 A rectangular glass block
 Four optical pins
 A piece of soft board
 A plain sheet of paper
 Cello tape
You are also required to have your complete mathematical set.
Proceed as follows:
a) Place the plain sheet of paper on the soft board and fix it using the cellotape provided. Place the glass block at the centre of
the sheet, and draw its outline. Remove the glass block. See the figure below
Prism outline
P1
P2 2cm
θ
P3
P4
d
Draw a normal at a point 2cm from the end of the longer side of the block outline. This normal line will be used for the rest of
the experiment.
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
b) By viewing through the glass from the opposite side stick two other pins P3 and P4 vertically such that they are in line with the
images of the first two pins. Draw a line through the marks made by P3 and P4 to touch the outline.
Measure and record in the table below the perpendicular distance d between the extended line and the line, P3P4. See figure
above.
c) Record this value in the table below and repeat the process for other angles shown in the table.
NB: The sheet of paper with the drawing must be handed in together with this question paper. Ensure you write your name
and index on the sheet paper.
(3mks)
ϴ(deg) 25 35 40 45 55 60 65
d(cm)
d) (i) On the grid provided, plot a graph of d (y –axis) against ϴ (5mks)

(ii) Using the graph, estimate the value of d when ϴ = 0o (2mks)
KIRINYAGA CENTRAL SUB-COUNTY EFFECTIVE FORTY JOINT EXAMINATIONS – 2016

232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
(THEORY)
JULY/AUGUST, 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. Figure 1 shows a measuring cylinder, which contains water initially at level A. A solid of mass 0.32g is immersed in the
water, the level rises to B.
Figure 1
Determine the density of the solid. (Give your answer to 3 significant figures). (2mks)
2. The figure 2 below shows part of micrometer screw gauge with 50 divisions on the thimble scale. Complete the diagram to
show a reading of 5.73mm. (1mk)
Figure 2
3. In the set up shown below, it is observed that the level of the water initially rises before starting to drop when the flask is
dipped in ice cold water.
Glass tube Water level
Cork

Coloured water
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

4. When a Bunsen burner is lit below wire gauze, it is noted that the flame initially burns below the gauze as shown in Figure
(i). After sometime, the flame burns below as well as above the gauze as shown in Figure (ii).

5. The reading on a mercury barometer at a place in 690mm. The barometer contains some air which exerts a pressure of
15Nmˉ². What is the pressure at the place Nmˉ². (Density of mercury is 1.36 x 104kgmˉ³). (3mks)
6. Figure below shows a graph of how the vertical height through which a machine raises a mass 30kg varies with time.
Determine the power output of the machine after 40 seconds. (3mks)

Figure below shows a ball projected horizontally. Use the diagram to answer question 7 and 8.
ground
A player taps the ball and makes it spin in anticlockwise direction as it moves.
7. Show the new path followed by the ball. (1mk)
8. Explain how the ball attains the new path above. (2mks)
9. A constant force is applied to a body moving with a constant speed. State one observable change in the state of motion of the
body likely to occur? (1mk)
10. The figure below is a uniform bar of length 2.0m pivoted near one end. The bar is balanced horizontal by a spring.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Given that the tension on the spring is 1.2N, determine the weight of the bar. (3mks)
11. The figure below shows a long tube filled with water. The open end is then covered with a cardboard and tube is inverted. It
is observed that the water in the tube does not spill out.
Explain the observation. (1mk)

12. A steel ball of mass 0.05kg was placed on top of a spring on a level ground. The spring was then compressed through a
distance of 0.2m.
If the spring constant is 15N/m. Calculate the maximum height reached when the spring is released. (3mks)
13. The volume of inflated balloon is observed to reduce when the balloon is placed inside a refrigerator. Use the kinetic theory
of gases to explain this observation. (1mk)
14. (a) The figure below shows a displacement-time graph of the motion of a particle.
Describe the motion of the particle in the region. (3mks)

(i) OA……………………………………………………………………….…
(ii) AB…………………………………………………………………………..
(iii) BC…………………………………………………………………………..
(b) A hot air balloon falling through the air attains terminal velocity after a short-time. State the reason why it attains terminal
velocity. (1mk)
(c) State Newton’s second law of motion. (1mk)
(d) A ball of mass 0.2kg is thrown vertically upwards with velocity of 8msˉ¹. The air resistance is 0.5N. Determine:
(i) the resultant force on the ball as it moves up;
(Take acceleration due to gravity g = 10msˉ²). (2mks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) The acceleration of the ball. (3mks)
(iii) The maximum height reached by the ball. (2mks)
15. (a) Draw a single pulley arrangement with a velocity ratio of 2. (2mks)
(b) Figure shows a wheel and axle being used to raise a load W by applying an effort F. the radius of the large wheel is R
and of the small wheel r as shown.
(i) Shows that the velocity ratio (V.R) of this machine is given by R/r. (3mks)
(ii) Given that r = 5cm, R = 8cm, determine effort required to raise a load of 20N if the efficiency of the machine is 80%.
(4mks)
(iii) It is observed that the efficiency of the machines increases when it is used to lift large loads. Give a reason for this.
(1mk)
16. (a) (i) Define the term latent heat of fusion. (1mk)
(ii) 9816J of heat energy is required to completely convert m kg of ice at 0ºC to steam. Determine the value of m.
(Take latent heat of fusion of ice = 2.34 x 105Jkgˉ¹; specific heat capacity of water = 4200Jkgˉ¹kˉ¹, latent heat of
vaporization of steam = 22.26 x 106Jkgˉ¹). (4 marks)
(b) The cooling curve shown in figure below is for a pure substance.
(i) What is the melting point of the substance? (1mk)

(ii) Explain what happens in the region. (3mks)
I CD……………………………………………………………………
II AB…………………………………………………………………….
III BC…………………………………………………………………….
(c) A beaker containing ether was placed on some water on a wooden block. Air was then blown through the ether using a
pump as shown in figure below.
State and explain what observation is made after sometime. (2mks)

17. (a) When the temperature of water reaches the boiling point, bubbles rise to the surface.
(i) State what is contained in the bubbles. (1mk)
(ii) State the reason why bubbles rise to the surface only at the boiling point. (1mk)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) Figure below shows a graph of vapour pressure against the temperature of water vapour at Kerugoya town where mercury
barometer indicates a height of 650mm.
(i) Determine the atmospheric pressure of the town in Nmˉ².

(Take g = 10m/s² and density of mercury = 13600kg/m³). (3mks)
(ii) Use the graph to determine the boiling point of water in the town. (1mk)
(c) The pressure of helium gas of volume 10cm³ decreases to one third of its original value at constant temperature.
Determine the final volume of the gas. (3mks)
18. (a) One of the factors that affect the centripetal force is the mass of the body. State two other factors. (2mks)
(b) A mass of 400g is rotated by a string at a constant speed V in a vertical circle of radius 100cm. The minimum tension in
the string is 7.2N which is experienced at point T.
T
(i) Determine the velocity V of the mass at point T. (3mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) Determine the maximum tension in the string. (2mks)
(c) The anchor of a ship is made of steel and has a weight of 3200N in air. A ship floating in water is held by the anchor
submerged in water. (Density of steel is 8000kgmˉ³).
Calculate.
(i) The volume of the anchor. (2mks)
(ii) The up thrust on the anchor. (2mks)
(iii) The apparent weight of the anchor. (2mks)
KIRINYAGA CENTRAL SUB-COUNTY EFFECTIVE FORTY

JOINT EXAMINATION – 2016
232/2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
JULY/AUGUST, 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. State one property of light that a pinhole camera illustrates. (1 mark)
2. It is observed that when a rod A is brought near the cap of a negatively charged electroscope, the divergence of the leaf
decreases. State two deductions that can be made about rod A from this observation. (2 marks)
3. State the purpose of manganese (IV) oxide in a dry cell. (1 mark)
4. A soft iron ring is placed between two poles of a magnet as shown in the figure below.
(a) Show on the figure the magnetic field pattern between the poles. (2 marks)
(b) State one application of soft iron in magnetism. (1 mark)
5. An object O is placed in front of convex mirror as shown in the diagram below.
(a) Complete the diagram to locate the position of the image, 1. (3 marks)
(b) State one practical application of a convex mirror. (1 mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
6. The figure below shows a wire carrying current whose direction is out of the paper. The wire is placed in a magnetic field.
(a) Indicate on the figure the direction of the force F, acting on the wire. (1 mark)
(b) State what would be observed on the wire if the direction of the current is reversed (i.e. into the paper). (1 mark)
7. Explain how doping a pure semi-conductor produces on n-type semi-conductor. (3 marks)
8. State one example of a transverse-progressive wave. (1 mark)
9. The following reaction is part of a radioactive series.
(a) Identify the radiation z. (1 mark)

(b) Determine the values of  and y. (2 marks)
10. State:
(a) Two applications of microwaves. (2 marks)
(b) one detector of infrared radiation. (1 mark)
11. State one factor that affects the speed of sound in a solid. (1 mark)
12. The figure shown below illustrates crests of circular water wave-fronts radiating from a point source O in a pond.
State how the depth of the pond at A compares with that at B. (1 mark)
13. (a) State the meaning of the term critical angle as applied in refraction of light. (1 mark)
(b) The figure shows a ray of light incident on a glass-air interface.
(i) Show on the diagram the critical angle, c. (1 mark)

(ii) Given that the refractive index of the glass is ag, and that the critical angle c = 42º, determine the value of is ag.
(3 marks)
(c) The figure shows an experimental set up consisting of a mounted convex lens L, cardboard screen with cross-wires at the
centre, a plane mirror, a metre rule and a candle.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Describe how the set-up may be used to determine the focal length, f, of the lens. (4 marks)
14. (a) The figure below shows parts of a simple electric motor.
(i) Name the parts labelled A and B. (2 marks)

(ii) State the function of each of the parts named in part (i) above. (2 marks)
(iii) State the advantage of using radial (curved) poles of a magnet over plane (flat) poles. (1
mark)
(iv) Explain the significance of copper coil as part of an electric motor. (2 marks)
(b) The graph in the figure below shows the displacement of a pendulum bob from its rest position as it varies with time.
(i) Determine the amplitude of the oscillation. (1 mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) What is the time for one complete oscillation? (1 mark)
(iii) On the same graph, draw a sketch graph which represents a pendulum swinging with half the amplitude and twice the
frequency. (2 marks)
(c) Plane water wave fronts are incident onto reflector SR as shown in the figure below. Show on the diagram the nature
and direction of the reflected wave fronts. (1 mark)
15. (a) State the property of lead that makes it a suitable material for shielding an x-ray tube. (1 mark)
(b) State how an increase in temperature of the filament in an x-ray tube affects the nature of x-rays produced. (1 mark)
(c) The figure below shows the vertical deflection system of a Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (C.R.O).
(i) State how cathode rays are produced in Cathode Ray Oscilloscope. (1 mark)
(ii)Show on the diagram the path of the cathode rays when the switch S is closed. (1 mark)
(iii)
State what is observed on the screen if the d.c. supply is replaced with a high frequency a.c. supply. (1 mark)
(d) An electric filament bulb is rated 24V, 0.5A.
Calculate:
(i) The power of the bulb. (2 marks)
(ii) The energy dissipated by the bulb in 80 minutes. (2 marks)
16. (a) State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction. (1 mark)
(b) The figure below shows a 12V, 24W lamp operated by a step-down transformer that is connected to a 240V mains
supply.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Explain what is meant by the term ‘laminated core’ and state its significance in a transformer. (2 marks)
(ii) Calculate the efficiency of the transformer if the current through the primary coil is 0.12A. (3 marks)
(c) The figure below shows a conductor AB placed in a magnetic field.
State the direction in which the wire must be moved for the induced current to flow in the direction shown. (1 mark)
(d) Explain the meaning of the term ‘Hysteresis loss’ as applied in transformers and state how it can be reduced. (2 marks)
17. (a) State two properties of electric field lines. (2 marks)
(b) The figure below shows part of a circuit containing three capacitors.
(i) Calculate the effective capacitance between A and B. (3 marks)

(ii) Given that the potential difference (p.d.) across AB is 10V, what is the total charge flowing through the circuit?
(1 mark)
(c) State how an increase in thickness affects electrical resistance of a conductor. (1 mark)
18. (a) The figure below shows the inner parts of a three-pin plug.
(i) Identify the pins A and B. (2 marks)

(ii) State the reason why the pin B is normally longer than the other two pins A and C. (1 mark)
(b) In an experiment to find the relationship between frequency of radiation and kinetic energy of photoelectrons in a
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
photoelectric device, the following graph was obtained.
Use the graph to answer the following questions.

(i) Determine the threshold frequency. (1 mark)
(ii) Find the plank’s constant h. (Take the charge of an electron to be 1.6 x 10-19C). (3 marks)
(iii)Calculate the work function of the metal in joules. (2 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KIRINYAGA CENTRAL SUB-COUNTY EFFECTIVE FORTY JOINT EXAMINATION – 2016

232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
JULY/AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2½ HOURS
CONFIDENTIAL
Question 1:
- A resistance wire PQ mounted on mm scale. (SWG 30, diameter = 0.32mm)
- Ammeter (0 – 1A).
- A voltmeter 0 – 3V or 0 – 5V.
- 2 new size D dry cells and a cell holder.
- A switch labelled K.
- Seven connecting wires at least two with crocodile clips.
- A convex lens of focal length 20cm and a lens holder.
- A metre rule.
- A white screen.
- A candle.
Question 2:
- A metre rule.
- A knife edge raised 20cm above the bench.
- One 50g mass and a 100g mass.
- Some thread (2) 20cm each.
- Some water in a beaker.
- Some liquid L in a beaker (paraffin).
- Tissue paper.
- A rectangular glass block.
- 4 optical pins.
- A plain sheet of paper.
- Cello tape.
- A piece of softboard.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KIRINYAGA CENTRAL SUB-COUNTY EFFECTIVE FORTY JOINT EXAMINATION – 2016

232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
JULY/AUGUST, 2016
TIME: 2½ HOURS
Question 1
PART A
You are provided with the following.
 A resistance wire PQ mounted on a mm scale.
 An ammeter.
 A voltmeter.
 A switch K.
 Two new dry cells and cell holder.
 Seven connecting wires at least two with crocodile clips.
Proceed as follows:
(a) Set up the circuit as shown in figure 1 below.
(b) Open the switch and record the voltmeter readings.

E = …………………… volts. (1 mark)
(c) (i) Starting with L = 70cm, read and record the readings of voltmeter and ammeter in table 1 provided.
Table 1
Length L(cm) 70 50 40 30 20 10
Current I(A)
P.d, V (Volts)
(ii) Repeat step c(i) above for other values of L given in the table, 1 above. (5 marks)
(d) Plot a graph of p.d (y-axis) against I. (5 marks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(e) Given that the graph is governed by the equation E = V + Ir, determine.
(i) the e.m.f of the two cells in series. (2 marks)
(ii) the internal resistance of the two cells. (2 marks)
PART B
You are provided with the following.
- A lens and lens holder.
- A candle.
- A screen.
- A metre rule.
Proceed as follows:
Set up the apparatus as shown in figure 2.
(f) Starting with U = 30cm, adjust the position of the screen to obtain a sharp image of the candle. Record the value of V in
Table 2.
(g) Repeat the procedure in (f) for U = 40cm. Complete the table.
U(cm) V(cm) V
m=
U
30
40 (2 marks)
Table 2
V
f=
(h) Given that the focal length of the lens satisfies the equation 1+m determine the average value of focal length f.
(3 marks)
Question 2
PART A
 A metre rule.
 A knife edge.
 One 50g mass and a 100g mass.
 Some thread.
 Some water in a beaker.
 Liquid L in a beaker.
 Tissue paper.
Proceed as follows:
(a) Balance the metre rule on the knife edge and record the reading at this point.
Balance point ……………………….. cm (1 mark)
For the rest of this experiment the knife edge must be placed at this position.
(b) Set up the apparatus as shown in the figure 1. Use the thread provided to hang the masses such that the positions of the
support can be adjusted.
Figure 1
The balance is attained by adjusting the position of the 100g mass. Note that the distance X and D are measured from the
knife edge and the 50g mass is fully immersed in water. Record the values of X and D.
X = …………………………………….. cm (1 mark)
D = …………………………………….. cm (1 mark)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Apply the principle of moments to determine the weight W1 of the 50g mass in water and hence determine the upthrust Uw in
water. (2 marks)
W1 = ……………………………………………………………………………………
Uw = ……………………………………………………………………… (1 mark)
N
Remove the 50g mass from the water and dry it using tissue paper.
(c) (i) Now balance the metre rule when the 50g mass is fully immersed in the liquid L. Record the value of the distance .
 = ………………………………………..cm (1 mark)
(ii) Apply the principle of moments to determine the weight W2 of the 50g mass in the liquid L and hence determine the up
thrust UL in the liquid.
W2 = ………………………………………………………………… (1 mark)
UL = ………………………………………………………………… (1 mark)
(d) Determine the relative density R.D of the liquid L, given that: (1 mark)
UL
R.D =
Uw
(e) Find the density of liquid  in kg/m³. (Given that density of water in 1000kg/m³). (1 mark)
PART B
 A rectangular glass block.
 Four optical pins.
 A piece of soft board.
 A plain sheet of paper.
 Cello tape.
You are required to have your own Mathematical set.
Proceed as follows.
(f) Place the plain sheet of paper on the soft board and fix it using the cello tape provided.
Place the glass block at the centre of the sheet, draw its outline. Remove the glass block.
(g) Draw a normal at a point 2cm from the end of one of the longer side of the block outline. This normal line will be used for
the rest of the experiment. Draw a line at an angle  = 25 from the normal. Stick two pins P1 and P2 vertically on this line.
(h) By viewing through the glass from the opposite side, stick two other pins P3 and P4 vertically such that they are in line with
the images of the first two pins. Draw a line through the marks made by P3 and P4 to touch the outline. Extend the line
P1P2 through the outline (dotted line). Measure and record in the table the perpendicular distance d between the extended line
and the line P3P4 . Record this value in the table.
(i) Repeat the procedure in (g) and (h) for other values of  shown in the table.
 (deg) 25 35 40 45 55 60 56
d(cm) (3 marks)
(j) (i)Plot a graph of d against . (5 marks)

(ii)Use the graph to estimate the value of d when  = 0. (1 mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
KIRINYAGA CENTRAL SUB-COUNTY EFFECTIVE 40 JOINT EXAMS – 2016

1. Volume of water displaced = 6.2 – 4.4
= 1.8cm³
= m/v ¹
6 .32
=
1. 8
= 3.511gcmˉ³
= 3.51g/cm³ ¹ (2mks)
2.
(1mk)
3. When flask is dipped into ice cold water it contract first, reducing in volume ¹ hence water rises. Water then contacts more
than glass flask ¹ therefore the drop. (2mks)
4. Initially the wire gauze conducts heat away so that the gas above does not reach the ignition ¹ temp/point. Finally the wire
gauze becomes hot raising the temperature of the gas above ignition point. ¹ (2mks)
5. P = Phg ¹
13600 x 0.690 x 10
= 93840
Atmospheric pressure = 93840 + 15 ¹
= 93860Nmˉ² ¹ (3mks)
6. P = force x velocity ¹
Power = Fd/t
30 × 10 × 20
40 ¹
= 150w ¹
Or
Mg x h/t ¹ = 30 x 10 x 20/40 ¹
= 150w ¹ (3mks)
7. Ball must rise upwards and land beyond the initial point. (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
8. The high velocity of the air above the ball creates a region of low pressue above ¹ it hence the higher atmospheric pressure
below it pushes it upward. ¹ (2mks)
9. Body accelerates if the force is in the same direction as the driving force or decelerates if in opposite direction. ¹ (1mk)
10. Anticlockwise moment = clockwise moment ¹
1.2 x 140 = 80w ¹
W = (1.2 x 140)/80
= 2.1N ¹ (3mks)
11. Atmospheric pressure acting on the cardboard is greater than pressure ¹ due to the column of water. (1mk)
12. Elastic potential energy = mechanical potential energy.} ¹
Or
1
/2k² = mgh
1
/2 x 15 x 0.2² = 0.05 x 10h ¹
h = 0.6m (3mks)
13. Lowering temperature causes a reduction of the speed of the air molecules/reduction in kinetic energy of air molecules, the
rate of collision of the molecules with the walls of the balloon decreases ¹ leading to decrease in pressure hence the volume.
(1mk)
14. (a) OA – The particles moves at constant velocity/zero acceleration. ¹

AB – Particles are stationary/rest ¹
BC – Particles increasing velocity/accelerating uniformly. ¹ (3mks)
(b) Net force on balloon is zero or sum of upward = sum of down forces. (1mk)
(c) Newton second law motion state that the resultant force acting on a body is directly proportional to rate of change of
momentum and takes place in the direction of the force. ¹ (1mk)
(d) (i) Mg + F ¹
2 + 0.5 = 2.5N ¹ (2mks)
(ii) F = ma ¹
2.5 = 0.2a ¹
a = 12.5msˉ² ¹ (3mks)
NB: a must be negative since body is moving upwards.
(iii) V² = u² + 2as
0 = 8² + 2(-12.5) ¹
S = 2.56m ¹ (2mks)
15. Correct
Diagram ¹ (2mks)
Labelling ¹
(i) Distance travelled by the effort in one revolution 2R} ¹

Distance travelled by load = 2r
Effort dis tan ce 2πR R
= = =
Velocity ratio (V.R) Load dis tan ce 2πr ¹ r ¹
R
Therefore V . R =
r
R 8 cm
V .R = = = 1.6
(ii) r 5 cm ¹
M.A 80
Efficiency = × 100 =
V.R ¹ 100
Load 20 N
But M . A = =
Effort E
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
20 N
Therefore ÷ 1.6 = 0.8
E ¹
20 N
÷ 2 .6 = 0. 8
E
20 N
Effort E =
1.6 × 0.8
= 15.6(3)N
= 15.6N ¹
(iii) When the load is large the effect of friction and weight of the moving parts is negligible. ¹ (1mk)
NB: Friction and weight of moving parts to be mentioned.
16. (a) (i) The amount of heat required to convert a given mass of substance from solid state to liquid state at its melting
point/without change in temperature. ¹ (1mk)
(ii) Heat supplied = heat required to melt the ice + heat required to rise temperature of water to 100ºC. 
9816 = mlf + mC + mlv ¹
9816 = 2.34 x 105m + 4200 x 100m + 2.26 x 106m ¹
9816
m=
2. 914 × 106
= 0.003369kg ¹ (4mks)
(b) (i) Melting point = 58ºC ¹
(ii) CD – Solid cools ¹
AB – Liquid is cooling ¹
BC – Freezing is taking place/solidification. ¹ (3mks)
(c) Water on the bench cools/becomes ice. ¹ Blowing air into ether enhances evaporation, as evaporation occurs
ether cools getting latent heat of vapourisation from water. ¹ (1mk)
17. (a) (i) Water vapour/steam. ¹ (1mk)
(ii) Vapour pressure at boiling point exceeds prevailing external pressure. ¹ (1mk)
(b) (i) P = gh ¹
650
= 13600 × 10 ×
1000 ¹
= 88.4 x 10³N/m² or 88499N/m² ¹ (3mks)
(ii) Reading of Bp at P = 88.4 x 10³ is 98  1ºC ¹ (1mk)
(c) P1V1 = P2V2 ¹
P1 x 10 = V2P1/3 ¹
V2 = 30cm³ ¹ (3mks)
18. (a) Factors affecting centripetal are:
Angular velocity of the object. ¹
Radius of the path. ¹ (2mks)
(b) (i) T = MV²/r – mg
MV²/r = T + mg ¹
0.4v²/1 = 7.2 + 0.4 x 10 ¹
V² = 28
V = 5.2919msˉ¹ ¹ (3mks)
2
MV
T = + mg
(ii) r ¹
0 . 4 × 28 + 0 . 4
=
1.0
= 15.2N ¹ (2mks)
m
V=
(c) (i)
320
=
8000¹
= 0.04m³ ¹ (2mks)
(ii) Upthrust = weight of water displaced

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
= Pvg ¹
= 1000 x 0.04 x 10
= 400N ¹ (2mks)
(iii) Upthrust = weight in air – apparent weight.

400 = 3200 – apparent weight ¹
Apparent weight = 2800N ¹ (2mks)

1. Rectilinear propagation of light. ¹ (1mk)
2. Either rod A is
(i) Positively charged. ¹
Or
(ii) Neutral. ¹ (2mks)
3. Oxidises the hydrogen gas to water.
Or Reduce polarization. ¹ (1mk)
4. (a) Correct
- Pattern ¹
- Direction of the field –
North to South ¹ (2mks)
(b) In electromagnets. In core of transformers. ¹ (1mk)

5. (a) Each ray correctly drawn (1mk)
Image shown a dotted (1mk) (2mks)
(b) As driving or rear-view mirror in vehicles.

Or In supermarkets to guard against shoplifting. ¹ (Any) (1mk)
6. (a)
(1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) Direction of motion (force) on the conductor is also reversed.Or The force is directed to the left hand side. ¹ (1mk)
7. Pure semi-conductor is doped with atoms of group 5 elements; ¹ an extra electron ¹ is donated from the bonding of each
impurity donor atom. These extra electrons improve ¹ electrical conduction of the semiconductor. (3mks)
8. Water waves. ¹ (1mk)
9. (a) Z: Beta  ¹ (1mk)
(b)  = 210 ¹
y = 84 ¹ (2mks)
10. (a) (i) In cooking using microwave ovens. ¹
(ii) In radar or telephone communications. ¹ (2mks)
(b) -Thermometer with a blackened bulb.
- Phototransistor.
- Heating effect it produces on the skin.
- A thermopile. ¹ Any one (1mk)
11. Density of the solid.
Or Temperature of the solid. ¹ Any one (1mk)
12. Point B is deeper than point A. ¹ (1mk)

SECTION B:
13. (a) Angle of incidence in optically dense medium for which the angle of refraction in optically less dense medium is 90º.
¹ (1mk)
(b) (i)
Labeling ¹ (1mk)
1
aη g =
(ii) Sin C ¹
1
=
Sin 42o ¹
∴ aη g = 1 . 4945 ¹ (3mks)
(c) Move the cardboard with crosswire along the metre rule until a sharp image of the cross-wires is formed alongside the
object cross-wires. ¹Measure the distance between the lens and the cardboard, ¹ this is equal to the focal length, f, of
the lens.Repeat the procedure ¹ and find the average value of f. ¹ (4mks)
14. (a) (i) A: Split ring (commutator). ¹
B: Carbon brushes. ¹ (2mks)
(ii) A (Split ring/commutator).
To reverse the direction of current in the coil after every half turn which allows continuous rotation of the coil.
¹ (1mk)
B (Carbon brushes).
To provide electrical connection to the coil. ¹ (1mk)
(iii) Concentrates magnetic field towards the coil. ¹ (1mk)
(iv) When current flows through it, it experiences a force, ¹ and motion ¹ is produced (rotation).
(2mks)
(b) (i) Amplitude = 3cm ¹ from the graph. (1mk)
(ii) Time for 1 complete oscillation = 2.0 seconds ¹ (1mk)
(iii)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(c)
15. (a) High density. ¹ (1mk)

(b) Intensity (Quality) of x-rays produced increases. ¹ (1mk)
(c) (i) Current flows through the filament (cathode) heating it to high temperatures and electrons are set free/evaporate′
from the filament. ¹/Thermionic emission.
(1mk)
(ii)
Direction ¹
(1mk)
(iii) A vertical line is observed along BAC. ¹ (1mk)

(d) (i) P = VI
= 24 x 0.5W ¹
= 12W ¹ (2mks)
(ii) E = Pt = 12 x 80 x 60J ¹ = 57600J ¹ (2mks)
16. (a) The size (magnitude) of induced e.m.f is directly proportional to the rate of change of magnetic flux linkage. ¹
(1mk)
(b) (i) Laminated core-made of thin sheets of insulated soft iron plates. ¹ (1mk) Significance – Reduces size of eddy
currents. ¹ (1mk)
(ii) Power input, VpIp = 240 x 0.12 ¹
= 28.8W
Power output
= × 100 %
Power input
OR
24 W
= × 100 %
28 . 8 W ¹
= 83.33% ¹
(c) Motion of conductor: Downwards. ¹ (1mk)
(d) Energy loss inform of heat due to repeated magnetization and demagnetization of the core every time current reverses.
¹ (1mk)
Reduced by: Use of soft iron core (which is easily magnetised and demagnetised. ¹ (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
17. (a) (i) They never cross each other.
(ii) They are close to each other where the field is strong and far apart where it is weak.
(iii) They are directed towards the direction in which a free positive charge would move if placed at the particular
point in the field.
(iv) Start at 90º from the positive charge and end on the negative charge at 90º. Any 2 (2mks)
(b) (i) Parallel; Co = C1 + C2 = (4 + 2)µF = 6µF ¹
1 1 1
Series = +
CT C1 CT
1 1
= +
3 6
1 3
=
CT 6 ¹
6
CT = = 2 μF
3 ¹ (3mks)
(ii) Q = CV = 2 x 10µC
= 20µC ¹ (1mk)
(c) Electrical resistance decreases ¹ when thickness of a conductor increases. (1mk)
18. (a) (i) A: Neutral pin. ¹

B: Earth pin. ¹ (2mks)
(ii) So as to open the socket shutters for pins A and C and earth the appliance before it becomes live. ¹
(1mk)
(b) (i) fo = 2.6 x 1014Hz (from the graph). ¹ (1mk)
h w
VS = f O+ O
(ii) e E
h
=
 Slope of the graph e
1. 24 − 0
Slope =
( 6 . 0 − 2. 6 ) × 1014 ¹
= 0.3647 x 10-14
h
∴
e = 0.3647 x 10-14 ¹
h = 0.3647 x 10-14 x 1.6 x 10-19Js
h = 5.8352 x 10-34Js ¹ (3mks)
WO
(iii) e = intercept along stopping potential axis
= 0.96V
 Wo = 0.96eV ¹
= 0.96 x 1.6 x 10-19J
Wo = 1.536 x 10-19J ¹ (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

Question 1 PART A
1 (b) E = 3.0  0.1 volts ¹ (1 mark)
1 (c) (i)
Table 1
Length (cm) 70 50 40 30 20 10
Current I(A) 0.2 0.34 0.38 0.5 0.60 0.8  0.02
P.d. V(V) 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9  0.1

Every row – Each correct value ½ marks – max 5 - 2½ marks
Total 5 marks
(d) On graph paper.
Axis – Quantity with units – 1 mark
Scale – Simple and uniform – 1 mark
Plotting – At least four correctly plotted - ½ x 4 = 2 marks

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(e) (i) V = - rI + E Extrapolation 1 mark

E = Y intercept = 3.0  0.1  Correct value 1 mark
ΔV
−r = Slope =
(ii) ΔI 1mark
OR
2.4 − 2.0 0. 4
= =
0.4 − 0.7
1 mark −0 .3
 = 1.33 1 mark
PART B: TABLE 2
(g) U(cm V(cm V
) ) m =
U
30 60 2 1
mar
k
40 40 1 1
mar
k
60
f1 = = 20cm
(h) 1+2 
2 marks
40
f2 = = 20cm
1+1 
20 + 20
f = = 20 cm
2 1 mark
Question 2 PART A
(a) Balance point = 49.5cm allowance of 0.5cm on the higher side. 1 mark
(b)  - 17.8cm 1 mark
D – 40.5cm 1 mark
1 × 17.8
W1 =
40.5 = 0.4395 2 marks
Uw = 0.5 – 0.4395 = 0.0605N 1 mark
(c) (i)  = 18.4cm 
1 × 18 . 4
W2 = = 0 . 4543 N
(ii) 40 . 5 1 mark
UL = 0.5 – 0.4543 1 mark
= 0.0457N
(d) R.D = 0.755 
(e) Density = 0.755 x 1000
= 755kg/m³ 
PART B (i)
(deg) 25 35 40 45 55 60 65
d(cm) 1. 1.8 2.1 2.1 3.1 3.6 4.2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Each value ½ mark – maximum 3 marks
j(i)
Axis – Labelled with units 1 mark

Scale – Simple and uniform 1 mark
Plotting – 4 points - ½ mark each maximum 2 marks
Line through the origin 1 mark
j(ii) d = 0cm.
KAHURO/MURANG’A EAST JOINT EXAMINATION – 2016

232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. cm of substance A of density 800kg/m³ is mixed with 1000cm³ of water of density 1000kg/m³. The density of the mixture is
then 0.96/cm³. Determine the value of  (3mks)
2. When washing clothes, it is easier to remove the dirt using some warm water containing soap than cold water. Explain this
observation. (1mk)
3. Explain why a thick glass is more likely to break when hot water is poured on it than thin glass. (2mks)
4. The figure below shows two identical burning splints. Placed on wood and metal blocks respectively it was observed that
when the flame reached the edge of the metal block the splint was extinguished while the other on the wooden block
continued to burn. Explain this observation. (1mk)
5. The figure below shows water level in limb Q of a glass tube. Indicate the corresponding water levels in limb N, O and P.
Explain your answer. (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
6. A spring has a spring constant 4N/m. Two identical springs are connected end to end. Find their effective spring constant.
(2mks)
7. The figure below shows a solid sphere with its centre of gravity marked with a dot. The sphere is rolled on a horizontal
ground and comes to rest after. Some time.
c.o.g
On the space provided below sketch the sphere and mark with a dot the most likely position of the c.o.g after it comes to rest.
(1mk)
8. Seen through a hand lens pollen grains particles in water move about randomly. Explain this observation. (1mk)
9. A cork enclosing steam in a boiler is held down by the system shown below.
If the area of the cork is 20cm², and the force F is 300N, determine the pressure of the steam in the boiler. (3mks)
10. The figure below shows light balls resting on a flat surface. A filter funnel is then inverted over them. State what is observed
when air is blown through the funnel. (1mk)
11. Using the kinetic theory for gases, explain how a rise in temperature of a gas causes a rise in the pressure of the gas if the
volume is kept constant. (2mks)
12. An aircraft 320m from the ground travelling horizontally at 50m/s releases a bomb. Calculate the horizontal distance covered
by the bomb from the point of release (ignore air resistance and g = 10m/s²). (2mks)
13. The figure below shows two forces F1 and F2 acting on an object.
Show on the same figure the resultant force. (1mk)

14. The uniform bar in the figure is pivoted at its midpoint it is in equilibrium under the action of two identical balloons with
equal volumes of different light gases at the same temperature.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Explain why the bar may not remain in equilibrium if the temperature of the surrounding changes. (2mks)
15. In a vacuum flask, the double glass walls that enclose the vacuum are shiny. State the reason. (1mk)
16. (a) State two conditions necessary for a body to float in water. (2mks)
(b) The figure below represents a block of uniform cross-sectional area 6.0cm² floating on two liquids A and B. The length
of the block in each liquid is shown.
Given that the density of liquid A is 800kg/m³ and that of liquid B is 1000kg/m³
determine.
(i) Weight of liquid A displaced. (3mks)
(ii) Weight of liquid B displaced. (3mks)
(iii) Density of the block. (4mks)
17. (a) A certain powder of mass 100g was heated in a container by an electric heater rated 100w for some time. The graph
below shows the variation of the temperature of the powder with time.
Use the graph to:

(i) Determine the melting point of the powder ……………………… (1mk)
(ii) Determine the quantity of heat supplied by the heater from the time the powder starts to melt to the time it has melted.
(3mks)
(iii) Determine the specific latent heat of fusion of the powder assuming the container absorbs negligible amount of heat.
(3mks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) State one application of cooling caused by evaporation. (1mk)
(c) Water of mass 2kg at 100°C is allowed to cool for 20 minutes. State two factors that determine the final temperature.
(2mks)
18. (a) Give a reason why the inside of a helmet is lined with sponge. (1mk)
(b) The figure below shows a balloon filled with air.
When the mouth is suddenly opened, the balloon moves in the direction shown above by the arrow. Explain that observation.
(2mks)
(c) A rock of mass 150kg moving at 10m/s collides with a stationary rock of mass100kg. They fuse after collision.
Determine the
(i) Total momentum before collision. (2mks)
(ii) Total momentum after collision. (1mk)
(iii) Their common velocity after collision. (2mks)
(d) The figure below shows an object of mass 1kg whirled in a vertical circle of radius 0.5m at a uniform speed of 5m/s.
r = 0.5m
(i) Determine:
I the centripetal force on the object. (3mks)
II the tension in the string when the object is at A. (2mks)
III the tension in the string when the object is at B. (2mks)
(ii) The speed of rotation is gradually increased until the string snaps. At what point is the string likely to snap. Explain.
(2mks)
19. (a) Using the pulley system shown a mass of 10kg is raised 2M by effort of 80N.
(i) Calculate the distance the effort moves. (2mks)

(ii) How much potential energy does the load gain. (1mk)
(iii) How much work is done by the effort? (1mk)
(iv) What is the efficiency of these pulleys? (2mks)
(b) A small pump develops an average power of 100w it raises water from a borehole to a point 10M above the water level.
Calculate the mass of water delivered in 30 minutes. (3mks)
20. The figure below shows a set-up used to investigate Charles Law.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) State one missing item in the set-up. (1mk)

(ii) Name two measurements to be taken in this experiment. (2mks)
(iii) Explain how the measurements stated above may be used to investigate Charles Law. (4mks)

232/2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
(THEORY)
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. Figure 1 shows a circuit contains a battery of cells V, a 3A fuse, F, a switch S, and two identical lamps L 1 and L2. A current
of 2A flows through lamp L2 when the switch is open.
Figure 1
Explain why the fuse may blow when the switch is closed. (2mks)
2. What property of light is suggested by the formation of shadows? (1mk)
3. A student holds a large concave mirror of focal length 1M, 80cm from her face. State two characteristics of her image in
the mirror. (2mks)
4. A positively charged rod is brought close to the cap of a gold leaf electroscope, it is observed that the gold leaf diverged
further. Explain this observation. (2mks)
5. The chart below shows an arrangement of different parts of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Radio wave Infrared rays B Ultra-violet -Rays Gamma-Rays

Name the radiation represented by B. (1mk)
6. In a cathode ray oscilloscope the time base is set at 25ms/mm. Given that crest to crest of a signal covers a length of 6cm,
determine the frequency of the signal. (3mks)
7. Two magnets A and B in figure 2 were brought from a point high above a table towards a steel pin.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
State with a reason which magnet will attract the pin at a bigger height above the table. (2mks)
8. A radioactive sample of half-life 260 days initially has 2.0 x 1020 radioactive atoms. Calculate the number of atoms that
would decay after 780 days. (3mks)
9. Explain how a P-type semiconductor is made from a pure semiconductor. (2mks)
10. Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal waves. (2mks)
11. A policeman standing between two high walls fires a gun. He hears the first echo after 3 seconds and the next 2 seconds
later. What is the distance between the wall. (Take velocity of sound = 330m/s). (2mks)
12. Figure 3 shows two parallel current carrying conductors Y and Z placed close to each other. The direction of the current is
into the place of the paper.
Figure 3
X Y
(i) Sketch the magnetic field patterns. (1mk)

(ii) Indicate the force F due to the current. (1mk)
13. The figure 4 shows a circuit with a coil used to warm oil in a beaker.
Figure 4
(a) State the Ohm’s Law. (1mk)

(b) (i) Explain how heat is produced in the coil. (2mks)
(ii) Given that the reading of the ammeter is 2.5A, determine the resistance of the coil. (3mks)
(iii) How much heat is produced in the coil in a minute? (3mks)
(iv) Give two changes that can be made in the set-up in order to produce more heat per minute. (2mks)
(c) Figure 5 below shows a circuit used to study behaviour of diode.
Figure 5

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
State the behaviour of voltmeter reading as Jockey J is moved from S to R. Explain. (2mks)
14. (a) State two properties of -rays. (2mks)
(b) Figure 6 below shows an -ray tube. Use it to answer questions that follow.
Figure 6
(i) Name parts labelled A and B. (2mks)

(ii) Explain how a change in the potential across P changes the intensity of the -rays produced in the tube. (2mks)
(iii)
During the operation of the tube, the target becomes very hot. Explain how this heat is caused. (2mks)
(iv)Name a suitable material for the target. (1mk)
(v) Name the part labelled T. (1mk)
(vi)Why is the tube evacuated? (1mk)
(c) In a certain -ray tube, the electrons are accelerated by a p.d. of 24000V. Assuming all the energy goes to produce -
rays, determine the frequency of the -rays produced. (Plank’s constant h = 6.62 x 10¯34Js and charge on an electron, e
= 1.6 x 10¯19C). (3mks)
15. Figure 7 below shows a narrow beam of white light onto a glass prism.
Figure 8
(i) What is the name of the phenomenon represented in the diagram? (1mk)
(ii) Name the colour at X and Y. Give a reason. (3mks)
(iii) What is the purpose of the slit? (1mk)
(b) Figure 8 below shows the path of ray of yellow light through a glass prism.The speed of yellow light in the prism is 1.8 x
108m/s.

r

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Figure 8
(i) Determine the refractive index of the prism material (speed of light in vacuum C = 3.0 x 10 8m/s). (3mks)
(ii) Show on the same diagram, the critical angle, c, and hence determine its value. (3mks)
(iii) Given that r = 31.2°, determine the angle . (3mks)
16. (a) State one difference between a transformer and an induction coil. (1mk)
(b) State two energy losses in a transformer. (2mks)
(c) A transformer has 1000 turns in its secondary coil and 10 turns on its primary coil. An alternating current of 2.5A flows
in the primary circuit when it is connected to a 12V a.c. supply.
(i) State the type of transformer. (1mk)
(ii) Calculate the power input to the transformer. (3mks)
(iii) Calculate the e.m.f. across the secondary coil. (3mks)
(iv) Determine the maximum current that could flow in a circuit connected to the secondary coil if the transformer is 80%
efficient. (Use the e.m.f in secondary as calculated in (iii) above).
(3mks)
(v) In transmitting power why is it necessary to step up before transmission. Explain. (2mks)

232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3 (PRACTICAL)
CONFIDENTIAL
Each candidate will require the following:
Q1.
- Vernier calipers (to be shared)
- A source of boiling water.
- A glass beaker (200 – 250ml)
- A thermometer (0 - 110°C)
- A stop watch.
- A magnifying glass.
- A plastic measuring cylinder (100ml).
- A circular cardboard plate with a hole to fit a thermometer
(Diameter about 8cm).
Q2.
- Two new dry cells.
- A cell holder.
- A variable resistor (50) labelled K.
- A carbon fixed resistor labelled R whose value is 10.
- A voltmeter (0 – 3 or 0 – 5V).
- An ammeter (0 – 1A).
- A switch.
- 8 connecting wires, 2 with a crocodile clip at one end.
- A piece of curtain rail, 20cm long bent into a semicircular curve until its diameter is 15cm.
- A glass marble.
- A stopwatch (the one used in question 1).
- A half metre rule.
- Some plasticine (about 30g).
NB: To make the curves curtain rails the teacher in charge of Physics may cut 20cm long pieces of the rail from the rails
available in hard waves.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
TIME: 2½ HOURS
Question 1
- A vernier calipers (to be shared).
- A source of boiling water.
- A glass beaker (250ml).
- A thermometer (0 - 110°C).
- A stopwatch.
- A magnifying glass.
- A plastic measuring cylinder (100ml).
- A cardboard circular plate with a hole.
Proceed as follows:
(a) Measures and record the room temperature R.
R = ……………………… °C. (1mk)
(b) Using the vernier calipers provided, measure the internal diameter D of the glass beaker at its centre. (Position shown in
figure 1).
D = ……………………… m. (1mk)
(c) Measure exactly 150ml of the hot water into the glass beaker and cover it with the cardboard plate. Place the beaker on a
wooden bench and insert the thermometer through the hole on the cover as shown in Figure 1.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(d) Measure and record the temperature  of the cooling water after every two minutes for at least 12 minutes (use the
magnifying glass provided to read the scale move accurately). Record the values of the temperature  in table 1 below.
(3mks)
Table 1
Time (min) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Temperature  (°C)
(e) Plot a graph of  (°C) against time t (min) on the grid provided. (3mks)
(f) On the graph construct, as accurately as possible, five tangents at temperatures of 75°C, 70°C, 65°C, 60°C and 55°C. Find
the slope of each and record the value in table 2 below. (5mks)
Table 2
Temperature  (°C) 75 70 65 60 55
( - R) (°C)
θ
Slope of tangent t
(°C minˉ¹)
θ
(g) Plot a graph of slope tof tangents against temperature difference ( - R). (4mks)
(h) Find the gradient of the graph. (2mks)
SMC
K=
(I) Determine the value of constant K from the graph given that A where M is mass of water in kilograms, C is specific
D
A = 2π
heat capacity of water = 4200jkg¯¹K¯¹ and A the surface area of the beaker walls in contact with the hot water 2L,
and S is the slope of the graph. (1mk)
Question 2
- Two dry cells.
- A cell holder.
- A variable resistor labeled K.
- A carbon fixed resistor labeled R.
- A voltmeter.
- An ammeter.
- A switch.
- 8 connecting wires at least two with a crocodile clip at one end.
- A curved curtain rail.
- A glass marble.
- A stopwatch.
- A half metre rule.
- Some plasticine.
PART A
Proceed as follows:
(a) Starting with the switch’s open connect the circuit as shown in figure 2 below.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) Close the switch S and adjust the variable resistor K until the ammeter reading is 20mA. Record the corresponding voltmeter
reading in table 3.
(c) Repeat step (b) above for other values of ammeter readings and complete Table 3. (6mks)
Table 3
I (mA) 20 40 60 80 100 120
I (A)
P.d (V)
(d) Plot a graph of I (A) against p.d (V) on the grid provided below. (5mks)
(e) From the graph, determine
(i) the slope S. (2mks)
(ii) State the quantity represented by the slope S and state its S.I units. (2mks)
(iii) Value of resistor R. (1mk)
PART B
Process as follows:
(f) Measure the diameter D of the semicircular curtain rail provided using the half metre rule (Figure 3 below).
D = ………………………. m (1mk)
(g) Fix the lower end of the curtain rail on the bench using some plasticine as in Figure 3 above. Place the marble on one end of
the curtain rail and let it oscillate freely. Record the time t 1 taken by the marble to make 5 complete oscillations.
Repeat this 3 times and calculate the average time for 5 oscillations.
Complete table 4 below. (1mk)
t1 t2 t3 t1 + t2 + t 3
t AVR =
3
(h) Determine the periodic time T(S).

T = ………………………… (s). (1mk)
(I) Given that
T = 2π
√ D
2g Determine the value of constant g. (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

1. Mass of A = 0.8
Mass of B = 1 x 1000 = 1000g
Total mass
=
Total volume 
1000 + 0.8 χ
0.96 =
1000 + χ 
0.96 (1000 + ) = 1000 + 0.8
 = 250cm³ 
2. High temperature and detergents lowers the surface tension of water. 
3. Glass is a poor conductor of  heat. In thick glass, there will be unequal expansion  but in thin glass heat if conducted
evenly.
4. Metal conducts heat away from the flame wood is a poor conductor. 
5. Liquid finds own  level. Height of water in the three tubes will be the same as Q. 
6. Series connection.
New K = ½ x 4  = 2N/m 
7.
Position of c.o.g should be as low as possible.

8. The pollen grain particles are hit by (invisible) water particle which are moving randomly.
9. Sum of clockwise moments = sum of anticlockwise moments
F x 1.6 = (1.6 + 2.4)300 
1.6F = 4 x 300
4 × 300
F= = 750 N
1.6

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
F 750
P= =
A 20 × 10−4  = 3.5 x 105pa 
10. The balls rise up  the funnel.
11. Kinetic energy of  molecules increases therefore molecules move faster. There is a higher rate of collision  with the walls
of the container hence more force.
12. h = ½gt²
320 = 1/2 x 105t²
t=8
Range = Horizontal distance = Ut
50 x 8 = 400m
13.
14. Different gases expand to different extends when temperature increases hence occupy different volumes. Upthrust force
acting on he balloons will be different hence the change in equilibrium.
15. To minimize heat loss by radiation. 
16. (a) (i) Body must be less dense than water. 
(ii) Body must displace weight of fluid equal to its own weight. 
The density of the body must be less than that of water or
Body must displace weight of fluid equal to its own weight.
(b) (i) Volume of A displaced = 6 x 2 = 12cm³
Mass of A = V = 12 x 10-6 x 800 
Weight of A = Vg = 12 x 10-6 x 800 x 10 
= 0.096N 
(ii) Volume of B displaced = 6 x 3 = 18cm³

Mass of B = 18 x 10-6 x 1000
Weight = 18 x 10-6 x 1000 x 10
= 0.18N 
(iii) Total weight = 0.096 + 0.18 = 0.276N 
0 .276
Mass = = 0 . 0276 kg
10 
0.0276
=
7 × 6 × 10−6  = 657.14kg/m³ 
17. (i) Melting point is 80°C.
(ii) t = 450 – 100 = 350 seconds. 
Q = Pt
= 100 x 350 
= 35000J 
(iii) Q = mlf 
100
35000 = l
1000 f 
lf = 350000Jkg¯¹ 
(b) - Clay pot
- Sweating.
- Refrigerator.
(c) - Surface area of the container.
- Humidity.
- Presence of wind.
18. (a) Sponge reduces impulsive force by increasing the time of impact of force/or it help to spread the impact over a long time.
This reduces impulsive force.
(b) Moving air exerts momentum in one direction.  To conserve the momentum the balloon shoots in the opposite direction
with a momentum equal to but opposite in direction to that of the air.
(c) (i) Total momentum = m1u1 + m2u2
= 150 x 10 + 100 x 0 
= 1500kgm/s 

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) Total momentum after collision = 1500kgm/s 

(iii) Momentum after collision = (150 + 100)V
1500 = 250V 
30 6
1500
V=
250 = 6m/s 
51
MV 2
F=
(d) I (i) r 

2
1 × 5 25
= = = 50 N
0.5 0.5 
2
MV
T= − Mg
II r
= 50 – 1 x 10  Correct formula or correct substitution award 1mk
= 40N
MV 2
T= + Mg
III r
= 50 + 1 x 10 Correct formula or correct substitution award 1mk
= 60N 
(ii) At position B;  - The string is under highest tension at B. 
19. (a) (i) V.R = 2
DE
2=
2
Distance by DE = 2 x 2 = 4m
(ii) P.E = Mgh
= 10 x 10 x 2 = 200J 
(iii) Work done by effort = F x d
= 80 x 4 = 320J 
Work done on load
Efficiency = × 100
(iv) Work done by effort 
200
=
× 100 = 62. 5 %
320 
Work done Mgh
Power = =
(b) Time  t
m × 10 × 10
100 =
30 × 60 
m = 1800kg 
20. (i) Stirrer.  Source of heat
(ii) - Volume/length of air column.
- Temperature.
(ii) - Air is tapped by thin mercury thread in a capillary tube. The initial temperature of water is noted and the
corresponding volume. 
- The water is then heated and this in turn heats up the trapped air in the capillary tube. The volume of the air is read and the
temperature is recorded.
- Several values of temperature and corresponding volumes are recorded in a table.
- A graph of volume against absolute  temperature is drawn which is a straight line passing through the origin. 
- An increase in temperature leads to increase in volume. 

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

1. When the switch is closed, the lamps are now in parallel, the resistance in the circuit reduces. ¹ A high current flows and the
fuse blows. ¹
2. Light travels in a straight line/
Rectilinear propagation of light. ¹
3. Magnified.
Upright/erect
Virtual Any 2 x 1 = 2mks
4. The gold leaf becomes more positive as a result of attraction of the negative charge towards the metal cap.
(2mks tied)
5. Visible light.
6. 0.1cm  25ms
6 × 25
6 cm → = 1500 cs
0 .1
=15cs ¹
T = 1.5s
1 1
f = = = 0 .667 H Z
T ¹ 1. 5 ¹
7. A – It has a stronger magnetic field than B.
780
=3
8. Number of half-life  260 ½
⃗ 1
2 × 1020 1 × 1020 ⃗
2 0. 5 × 1020 ⃗
3 0 . 25 × 1020
nd rd
1 st t
2
Atoms remaining after 3-half-life
= 2.5 x 1019 atoms ½
Atoms decayed = (20 – 2.5) x 1019
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
19
= 17.5 x 10
= 1.75 x 1020 atoms ¹
9. P-type semi-conductor is made by doping a pure-semi-conductor with group 3 atoms. ¹ The group impurity creates a hole
(positive) that attracts an electron for conduction. ¹
10. - Transverse waves forms crests and troughs as they propagate while longitudinal waves forms part of compression and
rarefaction. ¹
- Transverse waves moves perpendicular to the direction of wave motion while longitudinal waves moves parallel to the
direction of wave motion. ¹
11.
Alternative
d 2d
t= =V
Let the cliff be cm apart s t . ¹
2χ 2d
3= = 330
Time for 1st echo = 3/2 in 1.5sec. 330 (3 + 5 ) . ¹
330 × 8
d=
2 = 990 2
 = 495m ¹ = 1320m . ¹
Time for the second echo = 5/2 = 2.5sec.
1.5 + 25 = 4.0sec. ¹
D=5xt
= 330 x 4
= 1320m ¹
12.
13. (a) The current flowing through the conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference across its ends provided
temperature and other physical conditions are kept constant.
(b) (i) When the switch is closed the current flows through the coil which offer resistance hence dissipating heat.
(ii) V = IR ¹
V 12
R= =
I 25 ¹ = 4.8 ¹
(iii) Heat = Vlt ¹

= 12 x 2.5 x 60 ¹
= 1800J ¹
(iv) - Increasing the number of coils. ¹
- Increasing the current. ¹
(c) The readings will decrease because the resistance is decreased. ¹
14. (a) - Travel in straight lines at the speed of light.
- Cause ionization.
- They readily penetrate matter.
- Affect photographic films.
- They obey the equation V = f
(b) (i) A – Cathode rays/fast moving electrons.
B – Anode.
(ii) Change in heating current ¹ changes the number of electrons produced. ¹
(iii) Kinetic energy of the cathode rays is converted to heat energy.
(iv) Tungsten/molybdenum.
(v) T – Cathode.
(vi) To avoid collision between electrons and air molecules.
(c) eV = hf ¹
1.6 x 1019 x 24000 = 6.62 x 10-34 x f ¹

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
−19
1.6 × 10 × 24000
f=
6 . 62 10−34
= 5.8 x 1018HZ ¹
15. (a) (i) Dispersion of light.
(ii) X – Red
Y – Violet
- Red has the lowest frequency/longest wavelength hence least deviated while violet has the highest frequency/shortest
wavelength hence most deviated.
(iii) Act as point source of light.
C
a ηg =
(b) (i) V ¹
3.0 × 10 8
=
1.8 × 10 8 ¹
= 1.6667 ¹
(ii) C on the diagram. ¹

1 1 1
η= ⇒ Sin C = =
Sin C η 1.6667 ¹
Sin C = 0.5999
C = 36.86° ¹
Sin θ
= η
(iii) Sin r a g ¹
Sin  = 1.6667 x 31.2 ¹
= 0.8634
 = 59.7° ¹
16. (a) A transformer uses alternating current while an induction coil uses interrupted direct current.
(b) Flux leakage.
Resistance of coil
Eddy currents.
Hysteris loss
(c) (i) Step – Up transformer

(ii) PP = IPVP ¹
= 2.5 x 12
= 30W
NS
VS = ×VP
(iii)
NP ¹
1000
= × 12
10 ¹
= 1200V ¹
80
PS = × 30 = 24 W
(iv) 100
24 = IS x 1200
24
IS =
1200
= 0.02A
(v) - Minimizing energy losses.
- Stepping up lowers the current hence minimizing energy losses.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

1. (a) R = °C (1mk)
(b) D = 0.05m (1mk)
(d) Completing table
Each value (½mk)
Total (3mks)
(e) Plotting (2mks)
Smooth curve (1mk)
(f) Table 2
(½mk) per entry
Total (5mks)
(g) A graph of slope /t against temperature difference ( - R).Plotting (2mks)
Straight line (1mk)
Scale (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Straight line through the origin.

Δθ t
Gradient =
Δθ − θ R = __________ (1mk)
2. Table 3
I(mA) 20 40 60 80 100 120
I(A) 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12
p.d(V) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2
(d) Graph of I (A) against p.d (V).
1 1
R= = 10Ω
Slope 0.1
Part B
D = 15cm
= 0.15m
t one
T=
S
2 ΠD
T2 =
2g
2 ΠD
2g =
T2
2 ΠD 2 Π × 0 .15
g= =
2T 2 2 × T2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
NANDI NORTH AND NANDI CENTRAL SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EXAMINATIONS 2016
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE)

232 / 1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
TIME: 2 HOURS
Answer ALL questions in this section in the spaces provided
1. The micrometer screw gauge represented by figure 1 has a thimble scale of 50 divisions.
What is the reading shown? (1mk)
2. The bar AB represented in figure 2 has negligible weight and is pivoted at A.
Find the weight W when the bar is equilibrium. (3mks)
3. Explain why a glass container with thick walls is more likely to crack, than one with a thin wall when a very hot liquid is
poured into them. (1mk)
4. Two identical alluminium rods are placed as shown in figure 3. One rests on a metal block and the other on a wooden block.
The protruding ends are heated on a Bunsen burner as shown.
State with a reason on which bar of the wax is likely to melt sooner. (2mks)
5. A spring stretches by 5cm when 40N force is applied to it. If the 40N force is replaced by 125N, how much further would the
spring stretch? (3mks)
6. (a ) A body in circular motion moving at constant speed is said to be accelerating. Explain this. (1mk)
(b) A stone of mass 450g is rotated in a vertical circle at 3 revolutions per second. If the string has a length of 1.5m,
determine its linear velocity. (2mks)
7. State the variable force acting on a ball bearing released to fall freely on a surface of glycerin. (1mk)
8. Figure 4 shows a manometer used to measure the pressure of gas.
The force exerted by gas on A is 20,000N. Calculate the density of the liquid given that the cross-sectional area of A is 0.1m 2
and the atmospheric pressure is 100,000 Pascals. (3mks)
9. State the Newton’s second law of motion. (1mk)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
10. A trolley of mass 4kg is moving with a velocity of 3m/s and collides head on with another trolley of mass 2kg travelling in
the opposite direction a velocity of 4m/s. After collision both trolleys fuse and move with a common velocity V. Determine
V. (2mks)
11. Water flows through a horizontal pipe of varying cross-sectional area as shown in figure 5.
The volume flux is 30m3/s. calculate the change in speeds of the fluid. (3mks)
12. In an experiment to determine the density of ground stones a form one student obtained the following results
- Mass of empty density bottle – Xg
- Mass of density bottle filled with water – Yg
- Mass of density bottle + ground stones – Vg
- Mass of density bottle + ground stones + top up water – Zg
Use the information to calculate the density p of the ground stones. (3mks)
SECTION B: 55 MARKS
ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS IN THIS SECTION.
13. (a)Using the kinetic theory of gases, explain how rise in the temperature of a gas causes a rise in the pressure of the gas if the
volume is kept constant. (2mks)
(b) Figure 6 below shows a set up that may be used to verify Charles’ law.
(i) State the measurements that should be taken in the experiment. 2mks
(ii) Explain how the measurement taken in (i) above, may be used to verify Charles Law. (4mks
(c) A certain mass of hydrogen gas occupies a volume of 1.6m3 at a pressure of 1.5x105 pa and temperature 12°C. Determine
its volume when the temperature is O° at a pressure of 1.0x105pa. (3mks)
14. (a)State the law of floatation. (1mk)
(b)The figure 7 below shows a simple hydrometer.
(i) State the purpose of the lead shots in the glass bulb. 1mk
(ii) How would the hydrometer be made more sensitive? 1mk
(iii) Describe how the hydrometer is calibrated to measure relative density. 2mks
(c) Figure below shows a cork floating on water and held to the bottom of the beaker by a thin thread.
(i) Name the forces acting on the cork. (3mks)
(ii) Describe how each of the forces mentioned in (i)above changes when water is added into the beaker until it fills p.
(3mks)
15. An engineer uses a pulley with a velocity ratio of 6 to raise an engine out of a vehicle. The engine which has a weight of
3200N is raised through a vertical distance of 1.5m by the machine. If the machine pulls within an effort of 600N, calculate:-
(i) The work done by the machine. (3mks)
(ii) The work done by effort. (2mks)
(iii) The efficiency of the machine. (3mks)
(iv) State two reasons why the efficiency in (a) (iii) above is not 100%. (2mks)
(c) (i) State the law of conservation of energy. (1mk)
(ii) The graph shown below shows how potential energy of a stone thrown vertically upwards varies with height.
Sketch on the same axes the graph of kinetic energy against height. (1mk)
16. (a) Differentiate between specific heat capacity of ice and specific latent heat of ice. (1mk)
(b) Figure 9 shows an incomplete circuit set-up by a student to determine the specific capacity of an Alluminium block of
mass 1.4kg.
(i) Complete the diagram showing missing components in their correct symbols. (2mks)
(ii) During the experiment, the heater was switched on for 15 minutes. The ammeter and voltmeter were found to be
steady at 3A and 48V respectively. The temperature rose by 250C. Calculate the specific heat capacity of the
Aluminum block. (4mks)
(iii) Give two precautions which should be taken in when carrying out the experiment so as to obtain accurate results.
(2mks)
17. (a) A body in motion is uniformly retarded from a certain velocity to a final velocity V in a time of t seconds.
(i) Sketch a velocity time graph to show the motion. (1mk)
(ii) Using the drawn graph show how to get the final velocity V. (2mks)
(iii) By finding the area under the graph, show that the total displacement for the motion is given by s = ut + ½ at 2.
(3mks)
(b) A stone of mass 0.5kg is whirled in a vertical circle by a cord of length 1.5m at a velocity of 30m/s. Find the maximum
tension on the cord. (3mks)
(c) Speed governor is one of the applications of circular motion. Explain how it works. (3mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
NANDI NORTH AND NANDI CENTRAL SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EXAMINATIONS 2016

232 / 2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. Name two measurements you would need to determine whether a lead accumulator is fully charged. (2mks)
2. Fig. 1 shows a ray of light striking a mirror at an angle of incidence of 450. Complete the diagram to show the path of the ray
and the angle of reflection at which it leaves the second mirror. (2mks)
3. Figure 2 shows a straight electrode placed near a point charge. Draw the electric field map between them.
4. Figure 3 shows an electric circuit operated by four dry cells each of e.m.f 1.5V and internal resistance of 0.2Ω. When the
switch is closed, the ammeter reads 0.2A. (3mks)
5. The graphs in figure 4 represents the same wave.
Determine the velocity of the wave. (3mks)

6. Arrange the following waves in order of increasing frequency; X-rays, visible light, infrared, T.V waves, microwaves,
ultraviolet, y-rays. (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
7. Two heaters A and B are connected in parallel across a 240V mains supply. Heater A is rated 1000W and B 2500W.
Calculate the ratio of their resistances. (3mks)
8. Draw a circuit showing a junction diode in a reverse bias connection to a cell. (2mks)
9. Find the cost of using a 3000W electric heater for 24 hours. The cost of a unit is sh. 2.00. (2mks)
10. Figure 5 below represents a soft iron bar being magnetized.
Magnetic force Fig. 5
Explain the shape of the graph. (1mk)

11. A gun is fired in front of a high building. It takes 2 seconds for the soldier to hear the echo. If the speed of sound in air is
330m/s. Calculate the distance from the building which the soldier stands. (2mks)
12. Two monochromatic rays from a ray box are incident on a glass prism of refractive index 1.56 as shown in the figure below.
450C
Draw on the diagram how the rays are refracted until they leave the prism. (2mks)
13. What is the purpose of a commutator in an electric current? (1mk)
14. (a) A Television tube uses a voltage of 4.55k.V to accelerate electrons released from its cathode by thermionic emission.
(i) What is meant by thermionic emission? (1mk)
(ii) If the electron has a charge of -1.6 x 10-19C and the mass of an electron is 9.1 x 10-31kg, find:-
I.The energy of an electron striking the television screen. (3mks)
II The speed of the electron as it strikes the screen. (3mks)
(b) Figure 7 shows a cathode ray oscilloscope.
(i) State the function of the components labeled A, B, C and D. (4mks)
(ii) Sketch what will be observed on the screen when an A.C voltage is connected to the Y-plates. (1mk)
15. (a) Figure 8 below represents an eye defect.
(i) State two possible causes of the defect. (2mks)
(ii) Draw a ray diagram to show how the defect can be corrected. (1mk)
(b) An object O placed in front of a converging lens Lo forms an image I on the other side of the lens. Another
Converging lens Le is placed such that the two form a compound microscope.
(i) Draw a ray diagram of the set up to show how the final image is formed. (3mks)
(ii) State the reason why the focal length of Lo must be greater than that of Le. (1mk)
(c) An object is placed 20cm from a converging lens. A focused image is formed on a screen placed 30cm from the lens on
the other side. If the screen is moved 6cm towards the lens, work out the distance the object must be moved for the
image to be formed on the screen. (3mks)
16. (a) What is radioactivity? (1mk)
(b) The graph below shows radioactive decay of iodine.
Graph
Use the graph to determine the half-life of iodine. (2mks)
(c) Figure 9 below shows a G.M tube.
Diagram

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Give the reason why the mica window is made thin. (1mk)
(ii) Explain how the radiation entering the tube is detected by the tube. (3mks)
(iii) What is the purpose of the halogen vapour? (1mk)
(d) A sample of a radioactive substance of half life 1500 years has an activity of 32000 counts per hour. Find the time it will
take for the activity to decrease to 2000 counts per hour. (3mks)
17. Figure 10 shows UV light shone on a zinc plate placed on a negatively charged leaf electroscope. It was observed that the leaf
collapses.
Diagram
(a) State and explain the above observation. (2mks)
(b) Figure 11 below shows a photocell.
(i) State the reason of using an evacuated photocell. (1mk)
(ii) Explain the role of resistor P in the circuit. (1mk)
(iii) What is the effect on the reading of the millimeter if the frequency of the radiation falling on the cathode is
increased? (2mks)
(iv) Briefly explain how the set up can be used as an automatic switching device alarm.(2mks)
(c) A surface whose work function is 1.82 x 10-19J is illuminated with light of frequency 4.0 x 1014HZ. Work out
-34
the minimum kinetic energy of the emitted photoelectrons. (h = 6.6 x 10 Js) (3mks)
18. (a) State one cause of energy losses in a transformer and explain how it can be minimized. (2mks)
(b) A transformer is designed to supply a current of 7.5A at a potential difference of 100V to a motor from an A.C supply
of 240V. If the efficiency of the transformer is 85%, calculate;-
(i) The power supplied to the transformer. (3mks)
(ii) The current in the primary coil. (3mks)
(c) Fig. 12 below shows a cross-section of a bicycle dynamo. The wheel is connected by an axle to a permanent cylindrical
magnet and is rotated by the bicycle tyre.
(i) Explain why the bulb lights. (2mks)
(ii) How can the bulb be made brighter? (1mk)
NANDI NORTH DISTRICT JOINT MOCK 2013
232/3 – PHYSICS PAPER 3

CONFIDENTIAL
QUESTION 1
1. Two dry cells (Size D, each 1.5V)
2. Nichrome Wire (SWG 28 – 100cm long mounted on a mm scale).
3. An ammeter.
4. Cell holder.
5. 6 connecting wires with crocodile clips.
6. Switch.
7. A Voltmeter
8. A Jockey (Crocodile clip)
QUESTION 2
1. A metre rule.
2. One Stop watch.
3. One complete stand.
4. One spring, (spring constant 0.1N/cm) Range 0.07 – 0.12Ncm-1
5. 2 pieces of wood.
6. Beam balance or electronic balance (to be shared).
7. One 100g mass labeled M.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
NANDI NORTH AND NANDI CENTRAL JOINT EXAMINATIONS 2016

232 / 3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
JULY / AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 ½ hours
1. You are provided with the following:-
 Nichrome wire (SWG 28) mounted on a mm scale.
 Micrometer screw gauge (to be shared).
 Voltmeter (0 – 3V or 0-5V)
 Ammeter (0-1A)
 Switch
 Jockey / long wire with crocodile clip attached.
 One new dry cell and a cell holder.
 6 connecting wires with crocodile clips attached to one end.
Proceed as follows:
i. Set up the circuit below and ensure that when the switch is open, both meters read zero, keep the switch open when readings
are not being taken.
Diagram
(i) Measure and record the diameter d of the nichrome wire AB mounted on a mm scale using the micrometer screw gauge.
(1mk)
d = ……………………………………..mm = ………………………………….m
(ii) Disconnect the jockey from wire AB and close the switch. Record the value E of the voltmeter reading.
E = ……………………………………………. V (1mk)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
ii. Now, connect the jockey on AB at a distance L = 2.5cm. Close the switch and record the voltmeter and ammeter readings, V
and I respectively in table 1 below.
Table 1
L(cm) 2.5 7.5 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0
P.d(V)
Current I (A)
IV (watts) 4d.p
(i) Complete the table (6mks)
(ii) Plot a graph of IV (Vertical axis) against L. (5mks)
(iii) Using your graph, find the value Lo where the line intersects the horizontal axis. (1mk)
Lo = ………………………………….cm
iii. Now, place the jockey on AB such that the length l is 63cm. Close the switch and record both the voltmeter reading, V
and the ammeter reading, I. (2mks)
V= __________________________ V
I = __________________________ A
iv. Determine the value r from the relation. (2mks)
E−V
r=
I
v. Determine the value of X from the relation: (2mks)
2
π rd
r=
2. 52 where π= 3.142
Question 2
2. PART A
 Vernier calipers
 Micrometer screw gauge
 Masses: one 10g, two 20g and one 100g.
 A helical spring.
 Metre rule or half metre rule.
Proceed as follows:
a. Determine the number of complete turns of the helical spring.
N = ___________________________ (1mk)
b. Measure the external diameter of the spring using the vernier calipers.
D = ___________________________m. (1mk)
c. Use the micrometer screw gauge to determine the diameter of the wire of the spring.
d = _________________________ m (1mk)
d. Determine the value of m.
0.4 D
N=
dm
e. Suspend the helical spring vertically alongside the clamped half metre rule as shown in figure 3 below. Determine the length
Lo of the spring before loading it.
Lo = ______________________ cm
f. Load the spring with a mass of 20g and determine the new reading on metre rule, (L). Record this in the table below.
Determine the extension e = L – Lo due to the mass of 20g and record the value in the table given below. Repeat step (f) for
other masses and complete the table. (6mks)
Mass(g) 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Weight (N)
Reading (L) (cm)
Extension e (cm)
1 −1
( cm )
e
1 −1
( cm )
g. Plot a graph of weight (N) against e (5mks)
h. Determine the slope S of the graph at a mass of 55g. (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
255 T
m=
i. Given that S 2 , determine the value of T. (2mks)
NANDI EAST, NANDI SOUTH & TINDERET SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EVALUATION 2016
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE

232 / 1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
THEORY
JULY / AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. Figure 1 below shows a section of a micrometer screw gauge used by a student to measure the diameter of a wire.
Determine the cross-sectional area of the wire. (2mks)
2. Figure 2 below shows a capillary tube placed in a trough of mercury.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Give a reason why the level of mercury in the tube is lower than in the beaker. (1mk)
3. Body scanners and lasers are applications of physics in medicine. State one other application. (1mk)
4. A piece of sealing wax, weighs 3N in air and 0.22N when immersed in water. Calculate the density of the wax.
(2mks)
5. The barometric height in a town is 65cmHg. Given that the standard atmospheric pressure is 76cmHg and the density of
mercury is 13600kg/m3, determine the altitude of the town. (Density of air is 1.25kg/m3) (2mks)
6. When the temperature of a gas in a closed container is raised, the pressure of the gas increases. Explain in terms of kinetic
energy how the molecules of the gas cause an increase in pressure. (2mks)
7. A certain mass of hydrogen gas occupies a volume of 1.8m3 at pressure of 2.5 x 105 N/M2 and a temperature of 270C.
Determine the volume when the temperature 00C at a pressure of 7.5 x 104 N/M2. (3mks)
8. The figure below shows a uniform metal rod of mass 100g balanced over a pivot using a spring balance and a mass of 300g.
Calculate the tension in the spring. (3mks)

9. A student below air into a horizontal straw in the direction shown in the diagram below.
State what was observed in the vertical straw. (1mk)

10. The figure below shows a spring balance, its spring constant is 225N/m. The scale spreads a distance of 20cm.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Determine the maximum weight that can be measured using the spring balance. (2mks)
11. Give a reason why water is not a suitable liquid for use in a barometer. (2mks)
12. An oil drop of radius 0.42mm when placed in water spreads out to form a circular patch of radius 42cm. using this
information:
a. Estimate the size of the oil molecule. (2mks)
b. State any one assumption you made in your calculation. (1mk)
13. An object is fired vertically upwards from the ground level with a velocity of 50m/s and reaches a maximum height h. It
falls back to the ground. Sketch velocity time graph to represent the motion of the object from the time it is fired till it hits
the ground.
Time,t (s)

Answer ALL questions in this section on the spaces provided.
14. (a) State two factors that affects conductivity in metals. (2mks)
(b) You are provided with a metallic ball, a metallic ring and a source of heat. Describe how you would show that solids
expand. (3mks)
(c) Figure below shows how water expands from lower temperatures.
0 4 Temperature (0C)
On the axes below sketch a graph of density against temperature.
Temperature 0C
(d) Explain briefly why concrete walls are reinforced with steel and not other metals. (1mk)
15. Figure below shows a wheel and axle of radius R and r respectively.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(a) Show that the velocity ratio of the system is given by

( Rr ). (2mks)
(b) Given that r = 5cm, R = 20cm and an effort of 1200N is used to lift a load of 3000N. Determine:
i. The work done by effort to raise the load through a distance of 2m. (3mks)
ii. The efficiency of the system. (3mks)
iii. State two ways in which the efficiency in (ii) above can be increased. (2mks)
(c) A stretched spring with a load attached to one end and fixed at the other is released as shown below.
Sketch on the same axis below the graph of potential energy and kinetic energy with time(2mks)
Potential energy
16. (a) State any two factors that affect the melting point of a liquid. (2mks)
(b) 600g of a solid X was heated by an electric heater rated 500W until it melted, temperature readings taken as it heats
from room temperature. The graph shown below shows variation of temperature against time.
Graph of Temperature 0C against time (minutes)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1. From the graph, determine the melting point of the solid X. (1mk)
2. I. Determine the heat supplied by the heater for solid X to melt. (2mks)
II. Hence determine the specific latent heat of fusion for solid X. (2mks)
3. I. State the room temperature. (1mk)
II. From the graph, determine the temperature change between the time t = 0 minutes and t = 4.0 minutes.
(2mks)
III. Hence determine the specific heat capacity of the solid X. (3mks)
17. (a) State two factors that influence fractional force between two surfaces.
(b) Figure below shows a rectangular block of wood attached o a spring balance being pulled gently by a pulling force P
at a steady velocity.
i. A graph of pulling force against time was drawn as shown below.
FB
FA P Q
Time
I. State the forces FA and FB.
FA :………………………………………………………………. (1mk)
FB :………………………………………………………………. (1mk)
II. From the graph, state what happens to the block of wood between point P and Q. (1mk)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
ii. Given that the wooden box has a mass of 2.0kg and requires force of 5N to pull it with uniform speed along a horizontal
surface, calculate the coefficient of friction between the surface and the block. Take (g = 10N/kg). (3mks)
(c) Figure below shows a steel bearing moving through glycerine at a steady velocity.
Steel ball bearing

Glycerin
Tall measuring cylinder
Indicate on the diagram the forces with directions acting on the ball bearing. (2mks)
18. (a) A body moving in a circular path with constant speed is said to be accelerating. Explain. (1mk)
(b) A stone of mass 40g is tied to the end of a string 50cm long such that it is 10m above the ground at its lowest as shown
in the diagram.
The stone is whirled in a vertical circle at 2 rev/s.
I. (i) If the string breaks at point B, what is the velocity at this level? (2mks)
(ii) Determine the maximum horizontal distance it travels after breaking. (3mks)
II. Calculate
i. The tension in the string at point B. (3mks)
ii. The tension in the string at point A. (2mks)
(c) State one application of Uniform Circular motion. (1mk)
NANDI EAST, NANDI SOUTH & TINDERET

SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EVALUATION 2016

232 / 2
PHYSICS
PAPER 2
THEORY
JULY / AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS
SECTION A: 25 MARKS
Answer all questions from this section.
1. A plain sheet of paper and a plane mirror both reflect light yet only the plane mirror forms images. Explain why the paper
cannot form images. (2mks)
2. The element of an electric hot plate has a resistance of 120Ω. What is the energy dissipated when element is kept on for 10
minutes on a 240V supply? (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
3. Arrange the following in order of increasing wavelength: Visible light, X-Ray, Ultra Violet Radiation and Radio Waves.
(1mk)
4. In the circuit shown below, the battery has an e.m.f. of 6.6V and internal resistance of 0.3Ω.
Determine the reading of the ammeter. (3mks)

5. The figure below shows the image formed when an object is placed in front of a concave lens.
Using suitable rays, locate the position of the object. (3mks)

6. State the major difference between a dry cell and a wet cell. (1mk)
226 206
7. Radium 88 Ra disintegrates into a new stable element lead 82 Pb. How many Alpha and Beta particles are emitted?
(2mks)
8. The figure below shows an arrangement of three components. If the total capacitance of the capacitors is 5μf, determine the
value of X. (3mks)
9. Explain why a concave mirror is used as a shaving mirror. (1mk)

10. A ferromagnetic material was magnetized using single stroking method. Sketch a graph to show how the strength of the
magnet being created varies with the number of strokes. (2mks)
11.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Identify and explain two faults in the light circuit shown in the figure above. (2mks)
12. The figure below shows two conducting wires A and B passing through a horizontal piece of cardboard.
(a) Sketch the resultant magnetic field patterns when the currents of the high magnitude are flowing in both wires as
shown. (1mk)
(b) What is the resulting effect of the field on the wires at the loose ends? (1mk)
13. State one property of high quality X-rays. (1mk)
SECTION B: 55 MARKS
Answer all the questions from this section.
14. (a) The figure below shows the cross-section of a ripple tank full of water. a piece of cork floats
on the surface of water and a straight edge vibrator placed at shallow end A to generate waves that travel to deep end B.
1. Name the type of wave generated on the water surface. (1mk)

2. The cork is observed to stay put despite passing water waves. Explain this observation. (2mks)
3. It was estimated that successive waves pass the cork every 0.25 seconds. If the speed of the waves is 0.28m/s, determine
the frequency and wave length of the waves at that point. (4mks)
4. In the space provided, sketch the wavelength as viewed from a point above the ripple tank. (1mk)
A B

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(c) A ship sends out an ultrasound whose echo is received after 10 seconds. If the wavelength of the ultrasound in water is
0.05m and the frequency of the transmitter is 50KHz, determine the depth of the ocean.
15. (a) The diagram below shows a narrow beam of white light onto a glass prism.
1. What is the name of the phenomenon represented in the diagram? (1mk)

2. Name the colour at X and Y. (2mks)
3. Give a reason for your answer in part (ii) above. (1mk)
4. What is the purpose of the slit? (1mk)
(d) The figure below shows the path of a ray of light passing through a rectangular glass block placed in air.
1. Determine the refractive index of glass. (2mks)
2. Given that speed of light in air 3.0 x 108m/s, find the speed of light in the glass. (2mks)
16. (a) What do you understand by the term mutual induction? (1mk)
(b) State two factors that determine the magnitude of e.m.f. induced in a coil. (2mks)
(c) The diagram below shows an induction coil used to produce sparks.
1. Name the parts labeled A, B and C. (3mks)

2. Explain the purpose of device C. (1mk)
(d) A transformer is used on a 240V A.C. supply to deliver 12A at 120A to a hating coil. If 20% of energy taken from the
supply is dissipated in the transformer.
(i) What is the current in the primary coil? (3mks)
(ii) Give two causes of 20% energy dissipation in the transformation above. (2mks)
17. In an experiment to find the relationship between frequency of radiation and kinetic energy of photoelectrons in a
photoelectric device, the following graph was obtained.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Use the graph to answer the following questions.

(e) (i) Determine the threshold frequency. (1mk)
(ii) Find the plank’s constant h. (3mks)
(Take the charge of an electron to be .6 x 10-19C)
(iii) Determine the work function of the metal in joules. (2mks)
(f) Determine the threshold wavelength of a metal whose work function is 2.4 x 10-18J. (3mks)
(Take the plank’s constant to be 6.63 x 10-34Js)
(g) An alternating voltage of peak value 15V and frequency 25Hz is applied to the terminals of a cathode ray oscilloscope. The
Y-gain is set at 5v/cm and the time base at 10ms/cm. Draw the trace observed on the screen.
(3mks)
1cm
18. (a) What is an extrinsic semi conductor? (1mk)

(b) The figure below shows a PN junction diode used in a rectifier.
1. What type of rectification is shown? (1mk)

2. Describe how the rectification is achieved. (3mks)
3. State two disadvantages of this rectification. (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
4. In the space provided below, sketch the output signal displayed on the CRO during the rectification process.
(2mks)
NANDI EAST, NANDI SOUTH & TINDERET SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EVALUATION 2016
232/3
PHYSICS PRACTICAL
JULY / AUGUST 2016
CONFIDENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO SCHOOLS
Each student should be provided with the following apparatus:-
Question 1
 Two dry cells (size D)
 One bulb (1 – 3V)
 Voltmetr (0 – 3V or 0 – 5V)
 Ammeter (0 – 2.5A)
 A mounted nichrome wire (swg) on millimeter scale and labeled X and Y.
 Switch
 Seven connecting wires at least two with crocodile clips.
 Micrometer screw gauge (to be shared)
Question 2
 One metre rule
 Two knife edges each of height 20cm
 One piece of thread of length about 30cm
 An optical pin to act as a pointer
 Some cellotape
 One half metre rule
 One 400g mass or 100g x 4
 One complete stand and clamp
 Vernier calipers (to be shared)
 One concave mirror of focal length 10cm
 One mirror holder
 One white screen
NANDI EAST, NANDI SOUTH & TINDERET

SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EVALUATION 2016
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232 / 3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3
(PRACTICAL)
JULY / AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 ½ hours
1. You are provided with the following:-
 Two dry cells (size D)
 One bulb
 Voltmeter (0 – 3V or 0 – 5V)
 Ammeter (0 – 2.5A)
 A Nichrome wire mounted on a millimeter scale
 Switch
 Seven connecting wire at least two with crocodile clips
 Micrometer screw gauge
Proceed as follows:
(i) Set up the circuit as shown in figure 1.
ii) With the crocodile clip at X read and record the voltmeter reading, V and the ammeter reading I in table 1 below. Repeat this
procedure for the lengths, L = 80, 60, 40, 20 and 0 respectively.
Table 1
Length, L(cm) 100 80 60 30 40 20 0
Voltage V(v)
Current, I(A)
V
R= ( Ω)
Resistance, I
(iv) Plot a graph of the ammeter reading (y = axis) against voltmeter reading. (5mks)
(v) Determine the slope of your graph at V = 0.45 volts. (2mks)
(vi) What physical quantity is represented by the slope of the graph at any given point? (1mk)
i. (i) Given the apparatus in a (i) above, draw a diagram of a circuit you would use to determine the current through the
resistance wire and the potential difference across it. (2mks)
i. Set up the circuit you have drawn. Record the ammeter reading, I and the voltmeter reading V, when L = 100cm.
V = ………………………………………..v (1mk)
I = …………………………………………A (1mk)
ii. Using a micrometer screw gauge, measure the diameter, d, of the nichrome wire. (1mk)
d = …………………………………………m

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
iii. Calculate the quantity, p = 0.785

( )( )
V
I
d2
L where L = 100cm. (2mks)
2. A. You are provided with the following:-
 A metre rule
 Two knife edges
 Thread
 An optical pin to act as pointer
 Some cellotape
 One half metre rule
 400g mass or 4 x 100g masses
 Thread 30cm long
 Complete retort stand
 Vernier calipers
Proceed as follows:
a. (i) Measure the width, d and the thickness, t of the metre rule provided using the vernier calipers.
d = ………………………………………….m (1mk)
t = ………………………………………….m (1mk)
td 3
M=
(ii) Given that 12 Calculate the value of M.
b. (i) Attach a pointer (optical pin) at the 50cm mark of the metre rule provided using the cellotape
i. Place the metre rule so that it lies horizontal on the two knife edges (wedges) provided.
ii. Clamp the half metre rule vertically and place it near the 50cm mark of the metre rule, and adjacent to the pointer as
shown in the diagram 2(a) below.
iii. Place the metre rule on the knife edges such that the distance, L, between them is equal to 90cm and is equidistant from
the 50cm mark of the metre rule as shown in figure 2(a).
iv. Read and record the initial position of the pointer on the half metre rule.
Note: The 0cm mark on the half metre rule should be on top, at the clamped end of the half metre rule and the 50cm mark is
below.
c. Suspend a mass of 400g at the 50cm mark of the meter rule using a thread.
d. Read and record the final position of the pointer, L1, on the half metre rule. Hence find depression, y = L1 – L0, of the metre
rule as shown in figure 2(b). record the results in table.
e. Remove the mass from the meter rule. Repeat the procedure b(iv) to d above for values of L equal to 80cm, 70cm, 60cm,
50cm and 40cm.
f. Enter your results in table 2 below.
L(cm 90 80 300 70 60 50 40
Initial pointer reading, L0(cm)
Final pointer position, L1(cm)
Depression, y = L1 – L0(cm)
Log L
Log y
(6mks)
g. Plot a graph of log y (y-axis) against log L. (4mks)
h. Find the slope S of the graph. (2mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1
E=
i. Given that 4 . 5 S determine the value of E. (2mks)
2. B
 A concave mirror
 A mirror holder
 White screen
 A metre rule.
Proceed as follows:-
j. Arrange the concave mirror, mirror holder and the white screen as shown in figure 2(c) below.
k. Move the concave mirror towards the white screen ………………… clear image of the tree or any far object is seen on the
screen.
l. Measure the distance, h1, between the mirror and the white screen.
h1 = ………………………….m (½mk)
m. Repeat procedure (b) and (c) to get another value of h1 and record it as h2.
h2 = ………………………….m (½mk)
n. Calculate, h, the average value of h1 and h2.
h = …………………………..m (1mk)
NANDI EAST, NANDI SOUTH & TINDERET SUB-COUNTIES JOINT EXAMS 2016
232/1 – PHYSICS PAPER 1 - MARKING SCHEME

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1. Reading D = 16.32mm√
16 .32
r= =8 .16 mm
2
A=πr 2=77×8 . 162
A=209 .1848 mm 2 √
2. Greater cohesive√ force between mercury molecules than adhesive force between mercury and glass molecules.
- X-Ray
- Ultra sound (any one)
- Magnetic resonance
3.
U =3−0 . 22=2 .78 N
WA
R . d=
U
3
R . d= =1 .07913669
2 .78 ∫ ¿1 . 07913669×100
S=R . d×∫ water √ =1079. 13669 kg /m3 √
4.
P=∫ gh , ( 76−65 )=11cmHg
0.11 x 13600 x 10 = 10 x 1.25 x h√
h = 1196.8m√
5. Rise in temperature increases the kinetic energy and speed√ of gas molecules. This increases the rate of collision of gas
molecules and wall of container which results to a higher rate of change of√ momentum.
P1 V 1 P2V2
6.
T 1 = T2 √
4
2 .5×105 ×1. 8 7 . 5×10 ×V 2
=
27+273 273
5
2 .5×10 ×273
V 2= 4
=3 . 03 m3
300×7 . 5×10
7. Sum of clockwise moments = sum of anti-clockwise moments.
180
T= =9 N
T ×20=(30×1)+ ( 50×3 ) √ 20 √
20T = 30 + 150
20T = 180
8. Water rises upwards √
20
e= =0 . 2
9. 100
F = ke = 225 x 0.2√
= 45N√
10. Low density √
11. (a) Volume of drop = patch area x thickness
4
t= ×π ( 0 . 42 )3
3
π ( 420 )2 −7
= 5 .6×10 mm
(b) - Oil drop is spherical;
- Oil does not evaporate; (Total = 2mks)
SECTION B
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
12. (a) - Length of conductor
- Nature and type of material
- Thickness of conductor
- Temperature gradient (difference)
- Time taken (any two) (Total 2mks)
(b) - Hold the ring by the handle. Try to fit the metallic ball before and after heating in turn and observe√1
Observation
- The ball just passes through the ring when cold but when heated for sometime it does not pass trough. √1
Conclusion
- The heated ball does not go through the ring since the ball has expanded. √1 (Total 3mks)
(c)
√1
√1
0 4
Temperature (0C)
(d) - Expand and contract at almost equal rate. √(1mk)
13. (a) In one complete revolution.
Load moves through distance 2 π r
Effort moves through distance 2 π R
Effortdis tan ce 2 πR R
=
But V.R.= Loaddis tan ce 2 πr √1= r √1 (Total 3mks)
(b) I. Workdone = Force x distance√1
= 1200 x 2√1 = 2400J√1 (Total 3mks)
M.A
II. Efficiency = V . R x 100
3000
M.A = 1200 = 2.5
20
=4
V.R = 5 √1
2. 5
×100
= 4 √1
= 62.5%√1 (Total 3mks)
III. - Oiling / greasing the movable parts to reduce friction.

- Use lighter materials for movable parts.
(c)
√√2
Potential Energy (Total 2mks)
14. (a) - Pressure√1

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
- Impurities√1 (Total 2mks)
(b) (i) 620C√1
(ii) I. Q = VIt = Pt
= 500 x (7.5 – 4.5)60
= 500 x 3 x 60√1= 90,000J√1 (Total 2mks)
II. Heat supplied by heater = Heat gained to meet solid X
90,000 = 0.6 x Lf
90 , 000
Lf = 0 .6 √1=1 .5×105 gkg−1 (Total 2mks)
(iii) I. Room temperature = 240C√1 (Total 1mk)
II. At t = 0 = 240
t = 4 min = 620
temperature change = 62 – 24 = 380
MCDθ = Pt√1
Pt 500×4 . 5×60
=
C = MD θ 0. 6×38 √1
= 5921.05Jkg-1k-1 √1 (Total 3mks)

15. (a) - Nature of surfaces√1
- Normal reactional force. √1 (Total 2mks)
(b) (i) FA - Kinetic frictional force. √1
I. FB - Static frictional force. √1 (Total 2mks)
II. Block slides with stead speed. √1 (Total 1mk)
(ii) Normal reaction = mg
= (2x10) = 20N√1
Fr = M R
Fr 5
=
M = R 20 √1
= 0.25√1 (Total 3mks)
(c)
U F
U – Upthrust force
F – Viscous drag
W W – Weight of steel ball (any 2) (2mks)
16. (a) This is due to constant change in direction of a body hence change in velocity is acceleration.
(b) (i) w = 2 πf =2×3 . 142×2
I. w = 12.567rads-1√1
v = rw = 0.5x12.567
= 6.283m/s√1
II. h = ½ gt2 But R = ut√1
20 = 5t2 = 6.283 x 2
t = 2s√1 = 12.566m√1
Mv 2
−mg
(ii) I. T = r √1
0 .04×6 . 2832
−0 .04×10
= 0.5 √1
= 2.758N√1
Mv 2 0 .04×6 . 832
=
II. T = r 0.5 √
= 3.7319N√

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(c) - In designing and construction of racing tracks for fast moving vehicles. √
- In the construction of a type of speed√ governor in vehicle.
1. Image formation takes place with regular√1 reflection not with diffuse reflection.
Plane mirror – regular reflection. √1
Sheet of paper – irregular diffuse reflection.
V2t
E=
2. R
240×240
×10×60
= 120 √1
= 288000
= 2.88 x 105J
3. X-rays, ultraviolet, visible light, radio waves. √1
R S ×R3
R1 +
4. Total resistance =
R2 + R 3 +r
6×3
0 . 5+
= 9 +0.3
= 2 .8 Ω √1
E
+r
Total current = R
6 .6
= 2. 8
= 2.357A
6
×2 .357
I = 9
= 1.571A√1
5.
6. Dry cells uses solid electrolyte while wet cells uses solution of an electrolyte.
226 206 4 0
7. 88 Ra 82 Pb + X 2 He + Y−1 β 226 = 206 + 4x + 0 88 = 82 + 2(x) – y
4x = 226 – 206 -y = 6 – 10
5 Alpha√1 particles and 4 Beta√1 particles; 4x = 20 -y = -4
4 4 y=4
x = 5
8. Total capacitance in parallel = 20 + 20 = 40 μ F
μ
X in series with 40 F√1
1 1 1
+ =
x 40 5 ;

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1 1 1
= −
x 5 40 √1
8−1 7
=
= 40 40
1 7
=
x 40
40
x= =5 . 71 μF
7 √1
9. Forms a magnified image;
10.
11. - Fuse is on neutral wire, if it blows out, the entire circuit remains live. √
a. Switch S2 is on the neutral wire when off, the rest of the circuit remains live. √1
b. Two bulbs L3 and L4 are in the series when one goes off, the other goes off also and the voltage is shared.
12. (a)
(b) Wires attracts each other; √1

13. Highly penetrating. √1
14. (a) (i) Transverse waves;
(ii) The particles of medium do not move in direction of waves, they vibrate in their fixed position;
1
f=
(iii) T √1
1
= 0 .25 = 4Hz; √1
V = fλ
0.28 = 4 λ √1
λ=0 . 07 m; √1
(iv)
A B
Note: Increase in wavelength.

(b)
V = fλ
= 50,000 x 0.05;
= 2500m/s
Depth = 2,500 x ½ x 10;
= 12,500m
15. (a) (i) Dispersion of white light. √
(ii) X – Red√
Y – Violet√
(iii) Red has the lowest frequency / longest wavelength hence it is least deviated while violet has the highest frequency /
short wavelength hence it is most deviated. √
(iv) Acts as a point source of light. √
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1
n=
(b) (i) sin c
1
n=
sin 42 ; √
= 1.4945 = 1.5√
(ii) u = Speed in air
Speed in glass
3. 0×108
Speed in glass = 1 . 4945 √
8
= 2.007 x 10 m/s√
(c) u = Real depth = 30mm√
Apparent depth 20mm = 1.5√
16. (a) Production of emf in a coil by changing current in another coil near it.
(b) (i) Strength of magnet√
(ii) Number of turns√
(iii) Winding of a coil soft iron core
(c) (i) A – Secondary coil
B – Primary coil
C – Capacity
(ii) It increases the speed of switching on “break” producing higher voltages.
(d) (i) Power input = Power output
80
×240
100 I = 120 x 12√√
120×12
I = 1920 = 7.5A√
(ii) Eddy currents – Hysteresis loss
Resistance in wires
Flux linkage loss (any two)
14
17. (a) (i) 2.5 x 10 Hz √
1. 8−0 .2
(ii) gradient = (7 . 5−3 . 0) x 1014 √ (or any two points correctly read off the graph)
h 1. 8−0 .2
=
e ( 7. 5−3. 0 ) 10 14 √
1.6
h= ×1 .6×10−19
4
h=6 . 4×10−34
(iii) Work function = hf0
2 .5×1014×6. 4×10−34
−19
1.6 x 10 J√
c
(b) Wo = h λo
hc 6 . 63×10−34×3×108
λo= =
wo 2. 4×10−18 √
−18
= 8.2875 x 10 m√
(c)
1cm

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Peak voltage – 1mk

Correct period – 1mk
1
T= =0 . 04 s
25
∴ No. of divisions
0 .04×1000
= 10
= 4 divisions
18. (a) A semiconductor that contains impurities to boost its electrical conductivity.
(b) (i) Half-wave rectification
(ii) During the first half cycle, the diode is forward biased, hence current flows in the second half cycle, the diode is
reverse biased therefore no current flow. In the next cycle, the process repels itself.
(iii) - Output cycle is not smooth. √
- Power loss at the half-cycle is eliminated. √
(iv)
Time in (s)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1. (a) (ii) (1mk)
Length, L(cm) 100 80 60 40 20 0

Voltage V(v) 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.40 0.60 0.80 2mks
Current I(A) 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.20 2mks
Resistance 1.00 1.25 1.67 2.35 3.16 4.00 1mk
½ mk @, total 6 marks
(iii) Graph
Axes – 1 mark – well labeled

Scale – 1 mark – simple and uniform
Plotting – 2 marks – any 4 correctly plotted
Curve – 1 mark – touching at least 3 correctly plotted points.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) (i)
2. A

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Note: accept any students’ value for the initial pointer reading.
Axes – 1 mark – well labeled

Scale – 1 mark – simple and uniform
Plotting – 2 marks – any 4 correctly plotted
Curve – 1 mark – touching at least 3 correctly plotted points.
Question 2B

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
GATUNDU SOUTH FORM FOUR JOINED EVALUATION EXAM

Kenya Certificate Of Secondary Education
232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
JULY/AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS
1. The figure below shows a spherical ball placed between 2 wooden blocks and a metre rule.
What is the volume of the ball? (3 Mks)

2. A solid weighs 16.5N on the surface of the moon. The force of gravity on the moon is 1.7N/kg. Determine the mass of the
solid. (2 Mks)
3. The figure below shows two cylinders containing a liquid and connected with a tight – fitting flexible tube. The cylinders are
fitted with air – tight pistons A and B as shown.
When equal forces, F are on the pistons as shown, what is observed. Explain the observation. (3 Mks)
4. A bottle of soda stands on a bench. As the temperature of the surrounding rises the temperature of the bottle also rises. State
and explain the effect of this on the stability of the bottle. (3 Mks)
5. Explain how heat loss by ;
(i) Radiation is minimized in a vacuum flask. (1 Mk
(ii) Conduction is minimized in a vacuum flask. (1 Mk)
6. The figure below shows part of the main scale of vernier valipers.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Insert the vernier scale to the main scale, to show a reading of 3.62 C.M (1 Mk)
7. A liquid flows into a pipe of varying cross sectional area. The inlet cross section is 10cm in diameter. If the liquid leaves the
pipe at 0.5m3/s find the inlet velocity of the liquid. (3 Mks)
8. The three springs shown below are identical and have negligible weight. The extension produced on the system of springs is
20cm.
Determine the constant of each spring. (2 Mks)

9. The figure below shows a uniform metre rule of weight 1N with two weights 0.18N and 0.12N suspended from its ends.
0 100cm
0.18N 0.12N
Determine how far from the 0.18N weight a pivot should be placed in order to balance the metre rule. (3 Mks)
10. An athlete runs at 4m/s from point A to point B and immediately turns and runs back from B to A with a speed of 8m/s.
Calculate the average speed of the athlete. (3 Mks)
SECTION B: 55 MARKS.
11. (a) In a car, the engine drives an alternator which produces electricity that lights the headlights. List the energy changes
involved. (3 Mks)
(b) What is the power output of a pump which can raise 60kg of water to a height of 10m every minute. (3 Mks)
(c) If the efficiency of the pump in 11(b) is 80%, how much power must be supplied (2 Mks)
12. (a) A mass, 5kg moving with a velocity of 10m/s collides with a 10kg mass moving with a velocity of 4m/s in the same
direction along the same line. After collision, the 5kg mass moves with a velocity of 7.0m/s. Calculate the velocity of the
10kg mass. (3 Mks)
(b) Explain why a steel ball falling through oil, will first accelerate after which the acceleration falls to zero. (3 Mks)
13. (a) State one factor that affects the rate of evaporation. (1 Mk)
(b) A thin wire is passed round a large block of ice and two heavy weights are attached to the ends. It is observed that the wire
passes through and the ice remains as a single block.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Explain the observation. (2 Mks)

(c) The graph below shows the cooling curve of naphthalene.
State what is happening at points;
(i) A – B. (1 Mk)
(ii) B –C. (1 Mk)
(d) A copper calorimeter of mass 50g contains 80g of oil at 25oC.A piece of ice of mass 25g at 10oC is added to the oil. What
mass of ice will be left when the temperature of the calorimeter and its contents will be 0 oC. (6 Mks)
14. (a) An air bubble of volume 0.5cm3 when released from the bottom of a lake rises to the surface of the lake.
(i) Explain why the bubble rises up. (2 Mks)
(ii) Calculate the volume of the bubble at the surface of the lake given that the lake is 92.7m deep and the atmospheric
pressure is equivalent to 10.3m of water pressure. (4 Mks)
(iii) What assumption have you made in arriving at your answer? (1 Mk)
(b) A fixed mass of gas at constant pressure has a volume of 600cm3 at 0oC. At what temperature will its volume be 1099
cm3. (3 Mks)
15. (a) (i) Define centripetal force. (1 Mk)
(ii) Explain why no work is done by a centripetal force acting on a body moving in a horizontal plane. (1 Mk)
(iii) A body of mass m is tied to a string in a vertical plane with a constant speed V. Tensions in the string at positions A,
B and C marked TA, TB and TC respectively.Arrange the tensions TA, TB and TC in ascending order. (1 Mk)
(iv) Explain why wet clothes put in a spin dryer, drys faster when the spin drum is rotated at a higher speed.
(2 Mks)
(b) A particle revolves at a frequency of 5 H3 in a horizontal circle of radius 2m.
Determine its;
(i) angular velocity. (2 Mks)
(ii) Linear velocity. (2 Mks)
(iii) Centripetal acceleration. (2 Mks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
16. The figure below shows a metal sphere of mass 400kg and volume 0.6m fully submerged in sea water of density 1030kg/m3
3
Determine;
(a) The tension in the cable holding the sphere. (4 Mks)
(b) The radius of the sphere. (2 Mks)
(c) The weight of a solid in air is 5N. When it is fully immersed in a liquid of density 800kg/m 3 its weight is 4.04N.
Determine;
(i) The upthrust of the liquid. (1 Mk)
(ii) The volume of the solid. (2 Mks)
GATUNDU EVALUATION EXAMS 2016
Kenya Certificate Of Secondary Education

PHYSICS PAPER 2 (232/2)
TIME 2 HOURS
SECTION A: 25 MARKS.
Answer all questions in this section in the spaces provided.
1. Give a reason why it is necessary to leave the caps of the cells open when charging an accumulator. (1 Mk)
2. The figure shows a ray of light incident on a face of semi-circular glass block.
Glass
block
Determine the angle of incidence (refractive index of glass = 1.5) (2 Mks)

3. Explain how doping produces a p-type semiconductor from a pure – semi conductor material. (2 Mks)
4. When a highly positively charged rod is gradually brought towards a negatively charged electroscope. It is observed that the
leaf divergence first decreases and then increases when the rod moves near to the cap. Explain (2 Mks)
5. Calculate the effective capacitance of the capacitors shown in the figure below. (2 Mks)
60μF 30 μF

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
20µF
6. State how the deflection system of a television differs from that of a C.R.O (2 Mks)
7. State two factors affecting the type of shadow formed by a fixed size object placed in front of a source of light. (2 Mks)
8. The wave shown in the figure below has a speed of 100m/s. Study and answer question below.
0.5
Displacement (cm)
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 X 10-4 s
-0.5
-1
Calculate the wavelength of the wave. (3 Mks)

9. Explain In terms of domain theory what happens when a bar magnet is placed in a solenoid in which an alternating current
flows. (2 Mks)
10. If the half life of a radio active gas is 2 minutes, then after 8 minutes the activity will have fallen to afraction of its initial
value. Determine this fraction. (2 Mks)
11. In each case, the pattern of the waves is incident on the slit and the emergent pattern is shown.
Diagram 1 diagram 2
Which action would cause the waves in diagram 1 to be diffracted less and so produce an emergent pattern closer to that
shown in diagram 2. (1 Mk)
12. Explain why the cathode of a cathode ray tube is coated with oxides of metals such as strontium and barium. (1 Mk)
13. State why optical fibers are preferred in communication to ordinary cables. (1 Mk)
14. A student was investigating the brightness of bulbs with set up in circuits. He used identical bulbs and cells. The circuits A
and R were set up as shown.
State and explain which set-up had the bulbs brightest. (2 Mks)
SECTION B - 55 MARKS.
15. (a) The figure below shows a photocell P in action
MA
R
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Ultraviolet photocell
light.
(i) Give a reason why the photocell is evacuated. (1 Mk)

(ii) What is the function of the resistor R in the circuit? (1 Mk)
(b) The following graph was plotted for the results obtained from an experiment on photoelectric effect. Given that eV s =
hfo– Wo where h is planks Constant and Wo is the work function of the metal used. Use the graph to:
(i) Determine the threshold frequency. (1 Mk)
(ii) The plank’s constant. (4 Mks)
(iii) The work function for the metal. (take charge of an electron e = 1.6 x 10 -19 J) (2 Mks)
(c) (i) Sodium has a work function of 2.0eV.
Calculate the least frequency of radiation by which electrons are emitted.Use the value of h obtained from the graph above.
(3 Mks)
16. (a) State the Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction. (1 Mk)
(b) List three features in a transformer which improves its efficiency. (3 Mks)
(c) A step down transformer has 800 turns in the primary coil and 40 turns in the secondary coil.
A 100Ω resistor is connected to the secondary output. If the primary voltage is 240V, calculate;
(i) The output voltage. (3 Mks)
(iii) The secondary current. (3 Mks)
17. (a) An object is placed 30cm in front of a thin converging lens of focal length 20cm. The set up is represented in the figure.
lens
(i) On the same figure construct a ray diagram to locate the position of the image. (3 Mks)
(ii) Determine the magnification produced. (2 Mks)
(b) An object 6cm tall is placed 40cm from a convex lens of focal length 50cm.
Find the position of the image. (2Mks)
(c) State two differences between the human eye and the camera. (2 Mks)
(d) The figure below shows an eye defect.
(i) Identify the defect. (1 Mk)

(ii) State the cause of the defect. (1 Mk)
18. (a) (i) Define background radiation. (1 Mk)
(ii) State two sources of background radiation. (2 Mks)
(b) State two differences between alpha and beta particles. (2 Mks)
(c) State one use of radioactivity in each of the following areas.
(i) Agriculture. (1 Mk)
(ii) Medicine (1 Mk)
(d) Uranium [ 23892U ]undergoes both alpha and beta radioactive decay to become lead [ 20682 Pb ]
Find the number of alpha and beta particles emitted in the process. (3 Mks)
19. (a) The circuit diagram in the figure below shows three identical resistors connected to a cell of e.m.f 12V
P Q
R V
R
R
T S
(i) Determine the reading of the voltmeter. (2 Mks)
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(ii) If another identical resistor R is connected parallel to PT, determine the potential difference across Qs. (3 Mks)
(b) Explain why the earth pin in the mains plug is longer than the neutral and live pins. (1 Mk)
(c) Give one example of a semi conductor and one example of a conductor. (2 Mks)
(d) A hair dryer rated 1000W, 240V runs for 3 hours per day for 7 days. Calculate;
(i)The number of KWh used. (2 Mks)
(ii)The cost of electricity paid at the rate of Ksh 5.50 per unit. (2 Mks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
X Y

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
GATUNDU SOUTH FORM FOUR JOINED EVALUATION EXAM
232/1
PHYSICS
PAPER 1
JULY/AUGUST 2016
TIME: 2 HOURS
MARKING SCHEME
1. Diameter of ball = 13mm/1.3cm
Volume of ball = 4/3 ∏r3
= 4/3 x 3.142 x 133
= 9204 mm3/9.204 cm3
2. M = f/ g
= 16.5N
1.7N/kg
= 9.7059kg
3. Piston A moves up while piston A moves down.
When equal forces are applied, the pressure at B is greater than at A due to smaller area. This pressure difference is
transmitted through the liquid and when it acts on a bigger area of A, a big upward force is produced.
4. As the temperature rises the soda expands raising the centre of gravity of the bottle and hence lowers the stability of the
bottle.
5. (i) radiation minimized the 2 silvered glass walls.
(ii) conduction minimized by pressure of vacuum between the 2 glass walls as vacuum is a very poor conductor of heat.
6.
7. Radius of inlet = 10cm = 5cm = 0.05m

2
Cross sectional area of inlet A = 3.142 x 0.052
= m2
0.5m3 = AV
10
V= 0.5 .
3.14 x 0.05 x 0.05
1
= 63 .65 m/s
8. For parallel springs extension
= 40N
2K
For single spring, extension = 20N
k
total extension = 40N + 20N = 20cm
2k k
(40 + 40) N = 20cm
2k
80N = 20 cm
2k
K = 80N
20 x 2cm
= 2N/cm
Or 0.02N/M

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
9.
10. A B
4m/s
t2
A B
8m/s
Total time = t1 + t2
t1 = x t2 = x .
4m/s 8m/s
= 2x + x = 3x s
8m/s 8
Average speed = Total distance
Total time
= 2x
3x18
= 2x x 8
3x
= 16x = 5 1/3 m/s
3x
11. (a) Mechanical Electrical Light

(b) power = work done
time
= Mgh
T
= 60 x 10 x 10
60
= 100J/S or 100W
(c) Efficiency = Work out put x 100
Work input
80% = 100W x 100
P
P = 10000W
80
= 125W
12 (a) Total momentum before collision = Total momentum after collision.
50kg x 10m/s + 10kg x 4m/s = 5kg x 7m/s + 10kg x V
(50 + 40) kg m/s = 35 kg m/s + 10kg V
90 kg m/s – 35kg m/s = 10kg V
55kg m/s = 10 kg V
V = 55 kg m/s
10 kg
V = 5.5 m/s
12.(b)
Resultant force = W – (u + F) which makes the ball to accelerate. As it accelerates its velocity increases and so the viscosity
on the ball. This reduces the resultant force.
Eventually W = U + F and resultant force is zero so no acceleration of the ball instead it falls at a constant velocity.
13. (a) – Temperature
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
- Wind
- Area of exposure.
- Humidity
(b) The increased pressure lowers the melting point of ice allowing the wire to pass through ice block.
(c) (i) naphthalene cooling in liquid state.
(ii) naphthalene solidifying.
(d) Heat gained by ice = Ml
= 336000m
Heat lost by oil = MC0
= 0.08 x 2400 x 25
= 4800J
Heat lost by calorimeter = MC)
= 0.05 kg x 400 x 25
= 500J
Heat gained = Heat lost
336000M = (4800 + 500)J
M = 5300
336000
= 0.0157738kg
Mass left = 25g – 15.7738g.
= 9.226g.
Or 0.009226kg
14. (a) (i) The bubble rises up since the density of air is less than that of water.
(ii) Volume of air bubble at the bottom = V1 and at the top = V2
Pressure acting on bubble at the surface = 10.3m of water pressure.
Pressure acting on the bubble at the bottom = P1 = 10.3 + 92.7
= 103.0m of water pressure 1
From Boyless law
P1V1 + P2 V2 2
103.0 x 0.5 = 10.3 V2
50 V2 = 103 x 0.5
10.3
= 5cm3
(iii) the temperature of the lake and that of the air bubble is constant
(b) V1 = V2 (Charles law)
T1 T2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
RAISMARADE JOINT EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

232/2
PHYSICS
Paper 2
March/April, 2016
2 hours
SECTION A (25MARKS)
Answer all questions from this section.
1. A positively charged rod is brought close to two spheres A and B, held by insulating handles as shown below.
Indicate the charge on A and B (2 marks)

2. The sketch below shows the p.d across a cell for various values of current through a resistance wire.
State and explain the significance of P (2 marks)

3. The figure below how the displacement of a point varies with time as α waves passes it.
On the same diagram, draw a wave which passes the point with twice the frequency and half the amplitude of the one shown.
( 2 marks)
4. A boy standing in front of a cliff blows a whistle and hears the echo after 0.5s. He then moves 17 meters away from the cliff
and blows the whistle again. He now hears the echo after 0.6s. Determine the speed of the sound. (2 marks)
5. The figure below shows an object, O, in front of a concave mirror and its image, I, formed after reflection.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
a) On the same diagram draw an appropriate ray(s) to locate the principal focus, F, of the mirror. (2 marks)
b) Determine the focal length of the mirror (Scale 1:5) (1 mark)
6. The figure below shows the image in front of a mirror M.
By ray diagram construction, locate the position of the object. (2marks)

7. A negatively charged rod is brought rear the cap of a leaf electroscope. The cap is then earthed momentarily by touching with
the finger. Finally the rod is withdrawn. The electroscope is found to be positively charged. Explain how this is acquired
(2marks)
8. Explain why the e.m.f of a dry cell drops if a large current is drawn for a short time and then recovers if allowed to rest.
(2marks)
9. A heating element rated 2.5 KW is used to raise the temperature of 3.0 kg of water through 50 0C. Calculate the time required
to effect this. (Specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J/kgK) (3 marks)
10. Other than a photographic film state one other detectors of
i) X-rays (1 mark)
ii) UV, (1mark)
iii) Visible spectrum (1 mark)
11. Give two conditions necessary for formation of annular eclipse. (2 marks)
SECTION B (55 MKS)
Instruction꞉answer all questions in this section.
12. (a) Define capacitance of a capacitor (1 mark)
b) The figure below shows a pair of parallel plates of a capacitor connected to a battery. The upper plate is displaced
slightly to the left.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
State with reason the effect of this movement on the capacitance. (2 marks)
The figure below shows an electrical circuit with three capacitors A, B and C of capacitance 4.0 μ F, 5.0 μ F and 3.0 μ
c)
F respectively connected to a 12V battery.
Determine:
i) The combined capacitance of the three capacitors. (3 marks)
ii) The charge on the capacitor C (2 marks)
iii) The potential difference across the capacitor A. (2 marks)
13. a)Define refraction of light. (2 marks)
b) Give one reason for the cause of refraction of light. (1 mark)
c) The refractive index of glass is 3/2 and that of water is 4/3. Calculate the refractive index of glass with respect to water.
(3 marks)
d) The figure below shows a ray of light incident at an angle of 35.60 at point D on the first face of a glass prism ABC. The
refractive index of the prism is 1.6.
i. Determine the angle of refraction at point D. (3marks)

Find the angle of incidence of the refracted ray on the face AC. (2marks)
Complete the diagram to show the emergent ray from the face AC. (2marks)
14. a) Distinguish between a real and virtual image. (1marks)
b) An object is placed 15cm from a converging lens of focal length 20cm. calculate the image position. (2marks)
c) i) Name the eye defect shown in the figure below. (1mark)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
______________________________________________________________________________
Draw another diagram to show how a suitable lens can be used to correct the defect. (2marks)
15. (a) State Ohm’s Law (1 mark)
(b) The graph in figure below shows the current – voltage characteristics of a certain device, X
(i)
State with a reason whether the device, X obeys Ohm’s law. (2 marks)
(ii) Determine the resistance of the device, X, when the current through it is 60mA. (2 marks)
(c) The cell figure has an e.m.f of 2.1 V and negligible internal resistance.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Determine the
(i) Total resistance in the circuit (2 marks)
(ii) Current in the circuit (1 mark)
(iii) Reading of the voltmeter (2 marks)
16. An un insulated copper wire XY lies over the fixed wire A and B connected to a battery when the key in the circuit is closed,
the wire XY experiences a force.
(i) In which direction does the wire XY- experience the force? (1 mark)
(j) (ii) When is the force on the wire XY greatest? (1 mark)
(k) (iii) What is the effect of reversing both the magnetic field and direction of flow of current? (1 mark)
(iv) State TWO factors by which the force on XY can be decreased (1 mark)
(vi) Name an instrument which uses this effect (1 mark)
17. (a) Define diffraction. (2 marks)
b) In an experiment to observe interference patterns of light waves, a double slit is placed close to the source as shown below.
i) State the function of the double slit. (1mark)

Briefly describe what is observed on the screen. (3 marks)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
ii) State and explain what is observed on the screen when the slit separation S1 –S2 is reduced (2 marks)
iii) State and explain what is observed on the screen when white light is used in place of the monochromatic light.
(3 marks)
RAISMARADE JOINT EXAMINATION 2016

233/3
PHYSICS
PAPER 3 - CONFIDENTIAL
INSTRUCTIONS TO SCHOOLS
Question 1
Each student should be provided with the following:-
1. Two 100g masses with a hook.
2. Two strings 30cm long.
3. A metre rule.
4. 25cm high knife edge.
5. 250ml beaker with salt solution (50g salt dissolved in 200ml of water)
Question 2A
 Ammeter (0 – 1A)
 Voltmeter (0 – 3V)
 2 dry cells
 A nichrome wire SWG 24 fixed on a metre rule, labelled Y.
 A nichrome wire SWG 32 of length 50cm fixed on a piece of wood labeled X.
 A switch.
 Seven connecting wires 4 with crocodile clips.
 A cell holder to accommodate 2 dry cells.
 A micrometer screw gauge (To be shared)
Question 2B
 A crosswire fixed on a screen, labelled screen B.
 A candle.
 A screen labeled screen A.
 A convex lens of focal length, f = 20cm.
 A convex mirror of focal length f = 10cm.
 Lens holder.
 A metre rule.
 Mirror holder.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
RAISMARADE JOINT EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL

232/3
PHYSICS
Paper 3
(Practical)
March/April, 2016
1
2 hours
2
1. Question one
 Salt solution in a 250ml container
 Two identical cylindrical 100g masses
 A string
 A metre rule
 Knife edge
 Two pieces of thread.
Procedure
(a) Determine the volume V, of one of the masses by using the apparatus provided. Record the volume, V.
V = ____________________________________ (1mark)
Explain how you have determined the volume, V. (1mark)
(i) Determine the centre of gravity of the metre rule
Centre of gravity = _______________________ (1mark)
(ii) Arrange the apparatus as shown in diagram 1 below. Show that the metre rule is at equilibrium, starting with X = 100mm.
Measure and record the length, Y. (1mark)

Y:____________________________________________
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(b) Repeat procedure a (ii) with the following values of X and fill table 1 below.
Table 1
X (mm) 100 150 200 250 300 350
Y(mm)
(i) On the grid provided, plot a graph of Y (y-axis) against X. (5marks)

(ii) Determine the gradient, N, of the graph. (3marks)
(iii) The gradient, N, given by the equations N = F/W, where F is the apparent weight of the mass in the salt solution and W is the
actual weight of the mass. Calculate the value F and the up thrust, U.
F = _________________________________________ (1mark)
U =_____________________________________ (2marks)
(iv) Hence determine the density, p of the salt solution.(2marks)
2. Question 2
Part A
You are provided with the following apparatus:-
 Ammeter (0 – 1A)
 Voltmeter (0 – 3V)
 2 dry cells.
 A resistance wire fixed on a metre rule, labeled Y.
 A resistance wire fixed on piece of wood, labeled X.
 A switch.
 Seven connecting wires, 4 with crocodile clips.
 A cell holder, to accommodate two dry cells.
 A micrometer screw gauge (To be shared).
Proceed as follows:
i. Set up the circuit as shown in the diagram 2 below.
Diagram 2
ii. Keeping both crocodile clip attached on the resistance wire QZ for a length L = 0.2m from Q, record the corresponding values
of current, I (A) and Voltage, (V) in table 2 below.
iii. Repeat procedure (ii) for other lengths, L = 0.4m, 0.6m, 0.8m and 1.0m.
Table 2
Length (L) (m) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Current (I) (A)
Voltage (V) (V)
iv. Plot a graph of V (y-axis) against I on the grid provided below (5marks)
v. Calculate the slope, S of the graph. (3marks)
vi. Using the micrometer screw gauge provided, measure the diameter, d of the resistance wire labeled X
d = ______________________________________________ m (1mark)
v. Calculate the quantity, K of the wire from the equation: (2marks)
2
K =
s x d x π , giving its units. Where S is the gradient in (v) above.
2
PART B
 A cross wire fixed on a screen.
 A candle.
 A screen.
 A convex lens.
 A convex mirror.
 A metre rule.

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
(i) Determine the focal length f1 of the lens by locating the image of a distant object.
f1 = _______________________________________ (1mk)
(ii) Place the lens at a distance of x = 35cm from the crosswire and move the screen A until a sharp image of the crosswire is
focus on it as shown in the diagram 3 (a) below.
Diagram 3(a)
(iii) Without moving the lens and the screen A, place a convex mirror as shown in diagram 3(b) below and move it until a sharp
image of the cross wire is formed on the screen B next to the crosswire.
Diagram 3(b)
(iv) Measure the distance, d between the lens and the mirror and record on table 3 below.
Table 3
Distance, x of lens from crosswire (cm) Distance, y(cm) Distance, d(cm) y – d (cm)
35
40
(3marks)
(v) Repeat procedure (ii) to (iv) for the value of x = 40cm.
(vi) Calculate the mean value of (y – d) (1mark)
(vii)Calculate the quantity, f2 of the convex mirror from the equation below.
(1mark)
mean of ( y−d)
f2 =
2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

PHYSICS - MARKING SCHEME
PHYSICS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME.
1.
2. P is the emf of the cell1

Emf is this pd across a voltage source when it is not producing current
3.
Amplitude 
1 Cycle
Frequency 
4.
1
 2
d 17×2
= =340 ms−1 1
V= t 0. 1  2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
1
 2
5. (a)
Correct rays with arrows.

F marked.
(b) 3×5=15
6.
7. On earthing negative charges are repelled to the ground. When the rod is withdrawn, the leaf if left with a net positive charge
8. Manganese (iv )oxide is a slow depolarizer and polarization occurs with a large current, on resting, the depolarization returns
the p.d of the dry cell.Heating makes the depoles to be excited to a high energy state where they
9. p x t = MC ∆ θ
2.5 x 1000t = 3 x 4200 x 50
T= 252s
10. (i) Scintillation tube, Geiger muller tube etc.
(ii) Fluorescent materials, paper smeared with Vaseline etc.
(iii) Eye, photometer.
11. – sun’s rays fails to reach the earth’s surface ; due to varying position of the moon.
- moon fails to cover the sun completely because of its smaller size than the sun.
SECTION B.
12 a) capacitance is the measure of charge stored by a capacitor / capacitance c is the charge stored in a capacitor per unit
voltage.
b) Capacitance decreases because area of overlap decreases.
c
i)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
Parallel: 5+3=8 μ f  
8 μF×4 32
= =2 .67 μF
Whole circuit C= 12 12
8
×12=32 μξ ( 3 . 2×10−5 c )
(ii) charge, Q=CV= 3
Q 3 . 2×10−5
= =8 V
(iii) VC= C 4×10−6
VA=12-8=4V
13a) Refraction is the bending of light as it travels from one medium to another of different optical densities.
b) -change in velocities of light from one medium to another
- change in wavelength of light from one medium to another.
c) wη g=wηa x aηg
= 3/4 x 3/2
= 9/8
d) i) η = Sin i
Sin r
1.6 = Sin 35.60
Sin r
r = sin -1 (Sin 35.6)
1.6
= 21.30
ii) Angle of incidence = 38.70 (show working)
iii) sin C = 1 = 1
η 1.6
C = 38.70
14a) Real image is formed when rays of light are brought to a focus/meet while virtual image is formed when rays of light appear
to meet but do not actually meet.
b) 1 = 1 + 1
f u v
1= 1+1
20 15 v
V = -60cm
∴ Image is 60cm from the lens and on same side as the object.
c) i) Long sightedness (hypermetropia)
ii)

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
15. The ratio of the pd across the ends of a metal conductor to the current passing through it is a constant (conditions must be
given) (1 mk)
(b) (i) It does not obey Ohm’s law; because the current — voltage graph is not linear through line origin / directly
proportionate. (2mks)
v ΔI
(ii) Resistance = 1 = inverse of slope ; gradient = ΔV
( 0 . 74−0. 70 ) V
( 80−50 ) mA
0. 4 V
=
30×10−3 A
= 1 .33 Ω
1 . 20−1 . 45 Ω (range)
(2 mks)
(iii) From the graph current flowing when pd is 0.70 is 60.MA
Pd across R = 6.0 - 0.7= 5.3v
R = 5.3 V
36mA
= 147Ω Q
= 139.5— 151. 4Ω (3 marks)
(c) Parallel circuit 1/30 + 1/20 = 5/60 or 60/50
R= 12 Ω
Total resistance = 10 + 12 = 22Ω (2 marks)
V 2. 1
1= = =0 . 095 A
(ii) R 22 (1 mark)
2 .1
10×
(iii) V = I 22
16. i) Towards the right
ii) -When the wire is positioned at right angle to the magnetic field.
-It is minimum when the wire is parallel to the magnetic field.
iii) No effect
iv) - Reducing the amount of current.
- Replacing the magnet with a bar magnet
17a) - Increased Pressure
- Impurities
b) Specific Latent Heat of vaporization is the quantity of heat required to change 1kg/a unit mass of liquid at 100 0C boiling
point completely to vapour at constant temperature.
c) (i) 123 – 120 = 3g or 0.003 kg
(ii) Heat for water Heat calorimeter
0.070 x 4,200 0.05 x 390
x 25 x 25
= 7,350J = 487.5J
Total = 487.5 + 7,350 = 7,837.5J
(iii) I. ML + MC∆ θ = 7837.5
II. 0.003L + 0.003 x 4200 x 70 = 7837.5
0.003L + 882 = 7837.5
232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
L= 2.3185 x 106
Or L= 2.32 x 106J/kg
17a) Diffraction is the ability of waves to pass over obstacles.
b).(i) The double slit allows for diffraction of light √ to occur creating an interference pattern on the screen
(ii) Alternating series of dark and bright fringes are observed √
Decreasing in intensity from centre outwards√
The bright fringes are due to constructive interference √
While dark fringes are due to destructive interference.√
(iii) When the slit separation B reduced , the distance between peaks on the interference patter inteference pattern
increase √

PHYSICS - MARKING SCHEME
PAPER 3
1. (a) V = 14ml + 0.1ml1 or 14cm3+ 0.cm3 (1mk)
- Pour some water in the measuring cylinder and record the volume V1.
- Lower the 100g mass into the measuring cylinder using a string and record the new volume VS. ½
Therefore volume of 100g mass = V2 – V1. ½ (1mk)
(b) (i) Centre of gravity = 50cm + 0.51 (1mk)
(ii) X = 10cm
Y = 9.3cm1 or 930mm (1mk)
(c)
Xmm 100 150 200 250 300 350
Ymm 93 133 178 221 263 306
+1mm ½ each
(d) A GRAPH OF YCM AGAINST XCM
Graph P – 2, A – 1. S – 1, L – 1 ……………………………………… (5mks)
Xmm 10 15 20 25 30 35
Ymm 9.3 13.3 17.8 22.1 26.3 30.6

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
NOTE:
S – Scale: simple and uniform.
A – Axes: labeled with correct units.
P – plotting: 4 – 5 points – 2mks
2 – 3 – 1mk
<2 – 0
L – Straight line through the origin.
(e) N = DY = 18.5 – 12 = 6.5
DX 21 – 13.5 7.5
= 0.86671 (unit less) (3mks)
(f) Given N = F/W where F – apparent weight of mass in salt solution.
W – actual weight of mass in air.
N – is the gradient.
(g) F = WN but w = 0.1kg x 10N/Kg = 1N
= 0.8667 x 1
= 0.8667N = 0.87N1
(ii) U = W–F
= (1 – 0.8667) 1
= 0.133
~ 0.13N1
(h) Upthrust = pvg
0.13 = p x 14 x 10-6 x 10
p = 0.131
14x10-6 x 10
= 928.57Kg/m31
2.
(iii) Table
Length (L) (m) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Current (I) (A) 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.16 +0.05A
2
Voltage (V) (V) 1.60 1.50 1.40 1.30 1.20 +0.2V2

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics
5 values – 4mks
(iv) 4 values – 3mks
3 values – 2mks
2 values – 1mk
NOTE:
S – Scale: simple and uniform.
A – Axes: labeled with correct units.
P – plotting: 4 – 5 points – 2mks
2 – 3 – 1mk
<2 – 0
L – Straight line through the origin.
(v) Gradient = Points on the line – 1mk1
Substitution
= 7.43575 +2Ω (1mk) 1
(vi) d = 0.21 + 0.01mm = 2.1 + x10-4m 1mk1
(vii)K = 7.43575 x (2.1E – 4)2 x π = 5.15 x 10-7Ωm Substitution – 1mk 2
Answer – 1mk
Part B
(i) f1 = 20.0 + 2.0cm (1mk)
(iv)
Distance, x of lens from crosswire Distance, y(cm) Distance, d(cm) y – d (cm)
(cm) +1cm +1cm
35 19.0½ 52.5½ 33.5½
45 11.0½ 43.0½ 32½
( ½mk each, 1 mk both)
(v) (33.5 + 32) / 2 = 32.75cm1 (1mk)
(vii) f2 = 32.75 = 16.75cm1 (1mk)
2

Physics Mock

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Physics Mock

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Physics Mock

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

232/1,232/2,232/3 physics

MAKUENI COUNTY CLUSTER PREPARATORY EXAMINATION 2016

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 1

100 200 Time (s)

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 3

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 4

Ray of light 420 Transparent

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 5

Pin Image of pin

Fig. 7 0.1 0.3 0.3 1 -1

(i) Name the method of charging shown in fig 8.

(i) Give a reason why the photocell is usually evacuated. (1 mark)

(b) Figure 11 shows three resistors as shown.

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 7

If the voltmeter reads 4V, find the

Felt ring soaked in alcohol

Dry ice (Solid CO2)

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 8

Q2. Each candidate should have the following

MAKUENI COUNTY CLUSTER PREPARATORY EXAMINATION 2016

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 9

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 10

(d) Pot a graph of p.d (v) (y-axis) against length L (5 marks)

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 11

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 12

(ii) Displacement = Area under graph  realizing

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 13

MAKUENI COUNTY CLUSTER PREPARATORY EXAMINATION 2016

 Parallel reflected beam

13. - Density of the gas  1

Rays from a distance

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 17

(d) S–1 Linear and appropriate

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 18

MOKASA JOINT EXAMINATION

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 20

Determine the efficiency of the machine. (3 marks)

Section B (55 Marks)

(i) What is the spring constant of the spring? (2 marks)

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 22

(i) Give the name of part labelled X (1 mark)

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 23

Figure1 Plane mirror

(a) Name the electrode A and electrolyte B. (2marks)

A B Visible light UV light C

If the speed of light in prism is 2.0 x 108m/s

Soft iron armature Insulator

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 26

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 27

Rays from a distant object

(i) Name the defect. (1mark)

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 28

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 29

(b) Now connect the apparatus provided as shown below.

A Mounted resistance wire

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 30

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 31

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 32

Top grade predictor publishers Page | 33